<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Dissident Voice &#187; Central Ixachilan (America)</title>
	<atom:link href="http://dissidentvoice.org/category/turtle-island/central-ixachilan-america/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://dissidentvoice.org</link>
	<description>a radical newsletter in the struggle for peace and social justice</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 27 May 2012 14:38:59 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.3.2</generator>
		<item>
		<title>When the Respectable Become Extremists</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 27 May 2012 06:17:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>James Petras</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Assassinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drug Wars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Labor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Libya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Propaganda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Syria]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Unions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[al Qaeda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lobos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Salvatore Mancuso]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Santos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uribe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=44647</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By any historical measure, whether it involves international law, human rights conventions, United Nations protocols, or standard socio-economic indicators, the policies and practices of the United States and European Union regimes can be characterized as extremist. By that we mean that their policies and practices result in the large-scale, long-term systematic destruction of human lives, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>By any historical measure, whether it involves international law, human rights conventions, United Nations protocols, or standard socio-economic indicators, the policies and practices of the United States and European Union regimes can be characterized as extremist.  By that we mean that their policies and practices result in the large-scale, long-term systematic destruction of human lives, habitat and livelihood affecting millions of people through the direct application of force and violence.  The extremist regimes abhor moderation, which implies rejection of total war in favor of peaceful negotiations.  Moderation pursues conflict resolution through diplomacy and compromise and the rejection of state and paramilitary terror, mass dispossession and displacement of civilian populations and the systematic assault on popular sectors of civil society.</p>
<p>            In first decade of the 21st century we have witnessed the West’s embrace of the full spectrum of extremism in both domestic and foreign policy.  Extremism is a common practice by self-styled conservatives, liberals and social-democrats.  In the past, conservative implied preserving the status quo and, at most, tinkering with change at the margins.  Today’s ‘conservatives’ demand the wholesale dismantling of entire social welfare systems and the elimination of traditional legal protection of workers and the environment.  Liberals and social democrats, who in the past, occasionally, questioned colonial systems, are now in the forefront of prolonged multi-front colonial wars, which have killed and displaced millions in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya and Syria.</p>
<p>            Extremism, in terms of its methods, means and goals, has obliterated the distinctions between center left, center, and rightwing politicians.  Moderates opposed to the current policies of subsidizing the major banks while impoverishing tens of millions of workers, are now labeled the ‘hard left,’ ‘extremists,’ or ‘radicals.’</p>
<p>            In the wake of the government’s extremist policies, the respectable, prestigious print media have engaged in their own versions of extremism.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_0_44647" id="identifier_0_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="There&rsquo;s a general consensus that the respectable print media include the Financial Times, the New York Times, the Washington Post and the Wall Street Journal.">1</a></sup>   Colonial wars, devastating civil society and stable cultures while impoverishing millions in the colonized country, are justified, embellished and presented as lawful and humane advances in secular democratic values.  Domestic wars on behalf of oligarchies and against wage and salaried workers, which concentrate wealth and deepen despair of the dispossessed, are described as rational, virtuous and necessary.  The distinctions between the prudent, balanced, prestigious and serious media and the sensationalist, yellow press have disappeared.  The fabrication of facts, blatant omissions and distortions of context are found in one just as well as the other.</p>
<p>            To illustrate the reign of extremism in officialdom and among the prestigious press, we will examine two case studies.  These involve US policies toward Colombia and Honduras and the <em>Financial Times</em> and <em>New York Times</em> coverage of the two nations.</p>
<p><strong>Colombia:  The &#8220;Oldest Democracy in Latin America&#8221; versus &#8220;The Death Squad Capital of the World&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>            Following the giddy eulogies of Colombia’s emergence as Latin America’s poster boy for democracy in an April issue of  <em>Time</em> magazine, as well as the <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>New York Times</em>, and <em>Washington Post</em>, the <em>Financial Times</em> ran a series of articles including a special insert on Colombia’s political and economic ‘miracle’ entitled, “Investing in Colombia.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_1_44647" id="identifier_1_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Financial Times (FT) 5/8/12; See also FT (5/4/12) &amp;#8220;Colombia looks to consolidate gainsin country  of complexities.&rdquo;">2</a></sup>   According to the FT&#8217;s leading Latin American journalist, John Paul Rathbone, Colombia is the ‘oldest democracy in the hemisphere.’<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_2_44647" id="identifier_2_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="FT 5/8/12 (p. 1).">3</a></sup>   Rathbone’s rapturous praise for Colombia’s President Santos extends from his role as an ‘emerging power broker’ for the South American continent, to making Colombia safe for foreign investors and ‘exciting the envy’ of other less successful regimes in the region.  Rathbone gives prominence to one Colombia business leader who claims that Colombia’s second biggest city, Medellín, ‘is living through its best of times.’<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_2_44647" id="identifier_3_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="FT 5/8/12 (p. 1).">3</a></sup>   In line with the opinion of the foreign and business elite, the respectable print media describe Colombia as prosperous, peaceful, business friendly, charging the lowest mining royalty payments in the hemisphere, and a model of a stable democracy to be emulated by all forward-looking leaders. </p>
<p>Under President Santos, Colombia has signed a free trade agreement with President Obama, his closest ally in the hemisphere.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_3_44647" id="identifier_4_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="BBC News, May 5, 2012.">4</a></sup>   During the term of Obama’s predecessor, George W. Bush, trade unions, human rights and church groups, as well as the majority of Congressional Democrats, were successful in blocking any similar agreement  because of Colombia’s sustained human rights violations.  Any such opposition from the AFL-CIO and Democratic legislators evaporated, when President Obama embraced free trade, claiming a vast improvement in human rights and President Santos commitment to ending the murder of trade union leaders and activists.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_3_44647" id="identifier_5_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="BBC News, May 5, 2012.">4</a></sup> </p>
<p>            Colombia’s peace, security, and prosperity, praised by the oil, mining, banking, and agro-business elite, are based on the worst human rights record in Latin America.  With regard to the murder of trade unionists, Colombia exceeds the entire world.  From 1986-2011 over 60% of the all killings of trade unionists in the world took place in Colombia by combined military-police-paramilitary death squads, largely at the behest of foreign and domestic corporate leaders.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_4_44647" id="identifier_6_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Renan Vega Cantor, Sindicalicidio! (Un cuento poco imaginativo) de Terrorismo Laboral Bogot&aacute;, Feb. 25, 2012.">5</a></sup>   The ‘peace’, so enthusiastically praised by Rathbone and his colleagues at the <em>Financial Times</em>, comes with a heavy price tag: Over 12,000 arrests, attacks, assassinations and disappearances of trade unionists occurred between January 1, 1986 and October 1, 2010.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_4_44647" id="identifier_7_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Renan Vega Cantor, Sindicalicidio! (Un cuento poco imaginativo) de Terrorismo Laboral Bogot&aacute;, Feb. 25, 2012.">5</a></sup>   In that time span nearly 3,000 trade union leaders and activists were murdered, hundreds more disappeared and are assumed dead.  The current Colombian President Santos was the Defense Minister under the previous President Alvaro Uribe (2002-2010).  In those years, over 762 trade union officials and activists were murdered by state or allied paramilitary forces.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_4_44647" id="identifier_8_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Renan Vega Cantor, Sindicalicidio! (Un cuento poco imaginativo) de Terrorismo Laboral Bogot&aacute;, Feb. 25, 2012.">5</a></sup> </p>
<p>            Under both Presidents Uribe and Santos (2002-2012), over 4 million peasants and rural dwellers were driven into internal exile and their homes and lands were taken over by big landlords, speculators and narco-traffickers.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_5_44647" id="identifier_9_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Inforrme CODHES Novembre 2010.">6</a></sup>   The Colombian government’s counter-insurgency strategy serves a dual function of repressing dissent and accumulating wealth for its supporters.  The <em>Financial Times</em> journalists gloss over this aspect of Colombia’s ‘resurgent growth’ as they applaud the results of death-squad ‘security’, including the over $6 billion dollars of large-scale foreign investment which flowed into mining and oil regions in 2012 – in areas ‘formerly troubled by unrest.’<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_6_44647" id="identifier_10_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="FT, 5/8/12 p. 4.">7</a></sup> </p>
<p>Some leading drug lords, clearly linked to the Uribe-Santos regime, were jailed and extradited to the US.  They have testified how they financed and elected one-third of the Congress members affiliated with Uribe-Santos party &#8211; in what the Financial Times describes as Latin America’s ‘oldest democracy.’ Salvatore Mancuso, ex-chief of the 30,000-member United Self-Defense of Colombia (AUC), described how he met with then-President Uribe in different regions of the country to give him money and logistical support for his re-election campaign of 2006. Mancuso, who led the largest paramilitary death squad army in Colombia (now fragmented but still active), also affirmed that national and multi-national corporations (MNC) financed the growth and expansion of the death squads.</p>
<p>What Rathbone and his fellow journalists at the FT celebrate as Colombia’s emergence as an investor’s paradise is writ large with the blood and torture of thousands of Colombian peasants, trade unionists and human rights activists.  The brutal history of the Uribe/Santos reign of terror has been completely erased from the current account of Colombia’s ‘success story.’ Detailed records of the brutality of the killings and torture by Uribe/Santos sponsored death squads, describing the use of chain saws to mutilate peasants suspected of leftist sympathies are available to any journalist willing to consult Colombia’s leading human rights organizations.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_7_44647" id="identifier_11_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="See the Annual Reports of CODHES, Reiniciar and Human Rights Watch.">8</a></sup> </p>
<p>            The death squads and military act in concert.  The Colombian military is trained by over one thousand US Special Forces advisers.  They wage counter-insurgency style war on the Colombian countryside, arriving in villages in waves of US-supplied helicopters, cordoning off targeted areas from the guerillas and then sending in the AUC and other death squads to destroy the villages, torturing and murdering peasant men, women and children suspected of being guerilla sympathizers and committing widespread rape.  This state-sponsored terror campaign has driven millions of peasants out of the countryside allowing the generals and drug lords to seize their land.</p>
<p>            Human rights advocates (HRA) are frequently targeted by the military and death squads.  Presidents Uribe and Santos usually first accuse human rights workers of being active collaborators of the guerillas because of their work in exposing the regime’s crimes against humanity.  Once labeled, the HRA became ‘legitimate targets’ for death squads and the military operating with complete impunity.  From 2002-2011 there were 1,470 attacks against HRA, with a record number of 239 in 2011, including 49 killings under President Santos.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_8_44647" id="identifier_12_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Claroscuro Informe Aual 2011; Programa Somos Defensores Bogota 2012; Corporacion Colectivo de Abogados. Jan-March 2012.">9</a></sup>  Over half of the murdered human rights workers are Indian and Afro-Colombians.</p>
<p>            State terrorism was and continues to be the main instrument of rule under Presidents Uribe and Santos.  The Colombian ‘killing fields’, according to the Fiscalia General, include tens of thousands of homicides, 1,597 massacres and thousands of forced disappearances from 2005-2010.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_9_44647" id="identifier_13_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Fiscalia General, Informe 2012.">10</a></sup> </p>
<p>           Courageous members of the Colombian press revealed a practice, known as ‘false positives’, numerous instances in which the military secretly kidnapped  young peasants and poor urban males forcing them to dress as guerrillas, murdered them in cold blood and then displayed their bodies to the respectable Colombian and international press as ‘proof’ of Santos/Uribe’s combat successes against the guerrillas.  There are 2,472 documented cases of military ‘false positive’ murders.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_10_44647" id="identifier_14_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Falsos Positivos Blogspot.">11</a></sup> </p>
<p><strong>Honduras: <em>New York Times</em> and State Terrorism</strong></p>
<p>            The <em>New York Times</em> featured an article on Honduras, emphasizing the regime’s ‘co-operation’ with the US war on drugs.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_11_44647" id="identifier_15_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Thom Shanker, &ldquo;Lessons of Iraq Help US Fight a Drug War in Honduras,&rdquo; New York Times, May 6, 2012.">12</a></sup>  The <em>Times</em> writer, Thom Shanker, describes a ‘partnership’ based on the expansion of three new US military bases and the stationing of US Special Forces in the country.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_11_44647" id="identifier_16_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Thom Shanker, &ldquo;Lessons of Iraq Help US Fight a Drug War in Honduras,&rdquo; New York Times, May 6, 2012.">12</a></sup>  </p>
<p>            Shanker reported on the successful operation of the Honduras Special Operations forces under the direction of US Special Forces trainers.  In Shanker’s coverage, a US Congressional delegation praised the Honduran Special Operations forces ‘respect for human rights,’ quoting the US ambassador description of the Honduran regime as ‘eager and capable partners in this joint effort.’<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_11_44647" id="identifier_17_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Thom Shanker, &ldquo;Lessons of Iraq Help US Fight a Drug War in Honduras,&rdquo; New York Times, May 6, 2012.">12</a></sup> </p>
<p>            There are blatant parallels between the <em>NY Times</em> white-wash of the criminal extremist regime in Honduras and the <em>Financial Times</em>’ crude promotion of Colombia’s death squad democracy.</p>
<p>            The current extremist Honduran regime, headed by ‘President’ Lobos, which invited the Pentagon to expand its military control over huge swathes of Honduran territory, is a product of the US-backed military coup that overthrew a democratically-elected liberal President on June 28, 2009, a recent historical point Shanker avoids in his coverage.  Lobos, the predator president, retains control by killing, jailing and torturing his critics, including journalists, human rights advocates and lawyers,  as well as now-landless peasants demanding a return of their properties after they were violently seized by Lobos’ big-landlord allies.</p>
<p>            Following the military coup, thousands of Honduran pro-democracy demonstrators were killed, beaten and arrested. According to conservative estimates by Human Rights Watch, 20 pro-democracy dissidents were openly murdered by the military and police.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_12_44647" id="identifier_18_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Human Rights Watch, World Report 2012.">13</a></sup>   From January 2010 to November 2011 at least 12 journalists, critical of the Lobos regime, were assassinated.</p>
<p>            In the countryside, where <em>NY Times</em> reporter Shanker describes a love fest between the US Special Forces and their Honduran counterparts, 30 farm workers in northern Honduras Bajo Aguan valley were killed by death squads hired by Lobos powerful allies.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_13_44647" id="identifier_19_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Honduran Human Rights, May 12m, 2012.">14</a></sup>   Not one military, police or death squad assassin has been brought to justice.  The original coup leader, Roberto Micheletti and his successor, President Lobos, repeatedly attacked pro-democracy demonstrations, particularly those led by school teachers, students and trade unionists. Hundreds of jailed political dissidents have been tortured.  During the period of <em>NY Times</em> most euphoric articles on the cozy relations between the US and Honduras, the death toll among pro-democracy advocates rose precipitously:  Eight journalists and a TV commentator were killed during the first 4 months of 2012.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_13_44647" id="identifier_20_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Honduran Human Rights, May 12m, 2012.">14</a></sup>   In late March and early April of 2012 nine farm workers and employees were murdered by pro-Lobos landlords.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_13_44647" id="identifier_21_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Honduran Human Rights, May 12m, 2012.">14</a></sup>   With impunity reigning in the Central American land of US military bases, no one has been arrest for these murders.  The <em>NY Times</em> coverage of Honduras follows the Mafia rule of omega &#8212; silence and complicity.</p>
<p><strong>Syria: How the <em>Financial Times</em> Absolves Al Qaeda Terrorists</strong></p>
<p>            As Western-backed Islamist terrorists savage the secular regime in Syria, the Western press, especially the Financial Times, continue to absolve the terrorists use of huge car bombs, which have killed and mutilated hundreds of Syrian citizens.  With crude cynicism Western reporters shrug their shoulders and parrot the claims of the London-based anti-regime propagandists, that the Assad regime was destroying its own cities and killing its own citizens and security forces.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_14_44647" id="identifier_22_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="The notorious cover-up of the car bombing is the handiwork of the FT&rsquo;s star middle east journalists.  See Michael Peel and Abigail Fielding-Smith, &ldquo;At Least 55 Die in two Damascus Explosions: Responsibility for Blasts Disputed,&rdquo; FT, 5/11/12.">15</a></sup>        </p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>            As the Obama regime and its European allies publically embrace extremism, including state terror, targeted assassinations and the car bombings in crowded urban neighborhoods, the respectable press has joined in.  Extremism takes many forms &#8212; from the refusal to report honestly about the use of mercenary force and violence to overthrow another anti-colonial regime to the blatant cover-up of  the slaughter of tens of thousands of civilians and the dispossession of millions of peasants and farmers. The ‘educated classes’, the respectable affluent reading public are being continuously indoctrinated by the respectable Western media to believe that the smiling and pragmatic President Santos in Colombia and elected President Lobos in Honduras have succeeded in establishing peace, market-based prosperity, mutually beneficial free trade agreements, and military base concessions with the US &#8212; even as these two regimes currently lead the world in the murder of trade unionists and journalists.  On May 15, 2012 the US Hispanic Congressional caucus awarded Lobos a leadership in democracy award – the same day the Honduran press reported the murder of the news director of radio station, HMT, Alfredo Villatoro, the 25th critical journalist killed between January 27, 2010 and May 15, 2012.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_15_44647" id="identifier_23_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Honduras Human Rights, April 24, 2012.">16</a></sup> </p>
<p>            The respectable press’ embrace of extremism and its use of demonological and vitriolic language to describe critical regimes opposed to imperialism are matched by its euphoric and effusive praise of state and pro-western mercenary brutality.  The systematic cover-up of crimes by extremist journalism goes far beyond the cases of Colombia and Honduras.  <em>Financial Times</em> reporter Michael Peel ‘covered’ the  assault on the Libyan government of Gaddaffi without mentioning the NATO-led bombing campaign that destroyed Africa’s most advanced welfare state. Peel presented the rise of armed gangs of fanatical tribal and Islamic terrorists as a victory for democracy over a “brutal dictatorship.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_16_44647" id="identifier_24_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Michael Peel, &ldquo;The Colonels Last Stand,&rdquo; FT, 5/12-13/12.">17</a></sup>   Peel’s mendacity and cant is evident in his outrageous claims that the destruction of the Libyan economy and the mass torture and racially motivated murders, which followed NATO’s war, was a victory for the Libyan people.</p>
<p>                The totalitarian twist in the respectable press is a direct consequence of its long-term toadying to the extremist policies pursued by the western regimes.  Since extremist measures, like the use of force, violence, assassination and torture, have become routine by the incumbent presidents and prime ministers, the reporters have no choice but to fabricate lies to render ‘respectable’ such crimes, to spit out a constant flow of highly charged adjectives in order to convert victims into executioners and executioners into victims.  Extremism in defense of pro-US regimes has led to the most grotesque accounts imaginable:  Colombia and Mexico’s Presidents are the leaders of the most thoroughly narcotized economies in the hemisphere yet they are praised for their war on drugs, while Venezuela, the most marginal producer of any drug, is stigmatized as a major narco- pipeline.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_17_44647" id="identifier_25_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="One of Colombia&rsquo;s most notorious paramilitary narco traffickers described the close financial and political ties between the Colombian United Self Defense terrorists and the Uribe-Santos regime. See La Jornada, 5/12/12.">18</a></sup> </p>
<p>            Articles with no factual basis, which are worthless as sources of objective information, direct us to seek an underlying rationale:  Colombia has signed a free trade agreement, which will benefit US exports over Colombian by over a two to one ratio.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/#footnote_18_44647" id="identifier_26_44647" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="BBC News, 5/15/12. According to the US International Trade Commission estimates the value of US exports to Colombia could rise by $1.1 billion while Colombia&rsquo;s exports could grow by $487 million.">19</a></sup>  Mexico’s free trade policy has benefited US agro-business and giant retailers by a similar ratio.</p>
<p>            All forms of extremism permeate Western regimes and find justification and rationalization through the respectable media whose job is to indoctrinate civil society and turn citizens into uncritical accomplices to extremism.  By endlessly prefacing ‘reports’ on Russia’s President Putin as an authoritarian Soviet-era tyrant, the respectable media avoid any discussion of the doubling of the Russian standard of living and Putin’s over 60% electoral triumph.  By magnifying an authoritarian past, the murdered Libyan President Gaddafi’s vast public works, social welfare programs and generous immigration and foreign aid programs to sub-Sahara Africa can be relegated to the oblivion.  The respectable press’s praise of death squad Presidents Santos and Lobos is part of a large-scale, long-term systematic shift from the hypocritical pretence of pursuing the virtues of a democratic republic to the open embrace of a virulent, murderous empire.  The new journalists’ code reads ‘extremism in defense of empire is no vice.’</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_44647" class="footnote">There’s a general consensus that the respectable print media include the <em>Financial Times</em>, the <em>New York Times</em>, the <em>Washington Post</em> and the <em>Wall Street Journal</em>.</li><li id="footnote_1_44647" class="footnote"><em>Financial Times</em> (FT) 5/8/12; See also FT (5/4/12) &#8220;Colombia looks to consolidate gainsin country  of complexities.”</li><li id="footnote_2_44647" class="footnote">FT 5/8/12 (p. 1).</li><li id="footnote_3_44647" class="footnote">BBC News, May 5, 2012.</li><li id="footnote_4_44647" class="footnote">Renan Vega Cantor, <a href="http://www.rebelion.org/docs/147552.pdf"><em>Sindicalicidio! (Un cuento poco imaginativo) de Terrorismo Laboral Bogotá</em></a>, Feb. 25, 2012.</li><li id="footnote_5_44647" class="footnote">Inforrme CODHES Novembre 2010.</li><li id="footnote_6_44647" class="footnote">FT, 5/8/12 p. 4.</li><li id="footnote_7_44647" class="footnote">See the Annual Reports of CODHES, Reiniciar and Human Rights Watch.</li><li id="footnote_8_44647" class="footnote"><em>Claroscuro Informe Aual 2011</em>; <em>Programa Somos Defensores Bogota 2012</em>; Corporacion Colectivo de Abogados. Jan-March 2012.</li><li id="footnote_9_44647" class="footnote">Fiscalia General, Informe 2012.</li><li id="footnote_10_44647" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.falsos.positivos.blogspot.com">Falsos Positivos Blogspot</a>.</li><li id="footnote_11_44647" class="footnote">Thom Shanker, “Lessons of Iraq Help US Fight a Drug War in Honduras,” <em>New York Times</em>, May 6, 2012.</li><li id="footnote_12_44647" class="footnote">Human Rights Watch, World Report 2012.</li><li id="footnote_13_44647" class="footnote">Honduran Human Rights, May 12m, 2012.</li><li id="footnote_14_44647" class="footnote">The notorious cover-up of the car bombing is the handiwork of the FT’s star middle east journalists.  See Michael Peel and Abigail Fielding-Smith, “At Least 55 Die in two Damascus Explosions: Responsibility for Blasts Disputed,” FT, 5/11/12.</li><li id="footnote_15_44647" class="footnote">Honduras Human Rights, April 24, 2012.</li><li id="footnote_16_44647" class="footnote">Michael Peel, “The Colonels Last Stand,” FT, 5/12-13/12.</li><li id="footnote_17_44647" class="footnote">One of Colombia’s most notorious paramilitary narco traffickers described the close financial and political ties between the Colombian United Self Defense terrorists and the Uribe-Santos regime. See <em>La Jornada</em>, 5/12/12.</li><li id="footnote_18_44647" class="footnote">BBC News, 5/15/12. According to the US International Trade Commission estimates the value of US exports to Colombia could rise by $1.1 billion while Colombia’s exports could grow by $487 million.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/when-the-respectable-become-extremists/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Obama&#8217;s Sincerity and Atrocity Prevention</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:01:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>William Blum</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Democrats]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[El Salvador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Empire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Energy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Genocide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guatemala]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Immigration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mexico]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Elie Wiesel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mahmoud Ahmadinejad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NAFTA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nobel Peace Prize]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=44370</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[What you need to succeed is sincerity, and if you can fake sincerity you&#8217;ve got it made. (Old Hollywood axiom) A few months ago I told the American people that I did not trade arms for hostages. My heart and my best intentions still tell me that is true, but the facts and evidence tell [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>What you need to succeed is sincerity, and if you can fake sincerity you&#8217;ve got it made. (Old Hollywood axiom)</strong></p>
<blockquote><p>A few months ago I told the American people that I did not trade arms for hostages. My heart and my best intentions still tell me that is true, but the facts and evidence tell me it is not.</p>
<p>— President Ronald Reagan, 1987<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_0_44370" id="identifier_0_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Washington Post, March 5, 1987.">1</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<p>On April 23, speaking at the Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, DC, President Barack Obama told his assembled audience that as president &#8220;I&#8217;ve done my utmost &#8230; to prevent and end atrocities&#8221;.</p>
<p>Do the facts and evidence tell him that his words are not true?</p>
<p>Well, let&#8217;s see &#8230; There&#8217;s the multiple atrocities carried out in Iraq by American forces under President Obama. There&#8217;s the multiple atrocities carried out in Afghanistan by American forces under Obama. There&#8217;s the multiple atrocities carried out in Pakistan by American forces under Obama. There&#8217;s the multiple atrocities carried out in Libya by American/NATO forces under Obama. There are also the hundreds of American drone attacks against people and homes in Somalia and in Yemen (including against American citizens in the latter). Might the friends and families of these victims regard the murder of their loved ones and the loss of their homes as atrocities?</p>
<p>Ronald Reagan was pre-Alzheimer&#8217;s when he uttered the above. What excuse can be made for Barack Obama?</p>
<p>The president then continued in the same fashion by saying: &#8220;We possess many tools &#8230; and using these tools over the past three years, I believe — I know — that we have saved countless lives.&#8221; Obama pointed out that this includes Libya, where the United States, in conjunction with NATO, took part in seven months of almost daily bombing missions. We may never learn from the new pro-NATO Libyan government how many the bombs killed, or the extent of the damage to homes and infrastructure. But the President of the United States assured his Holocaust Museum audience that &#8220;today, the Libyan people are forging their own future, and the world can take pride in the innocent lives that we saved.&#8221; (As I described in last month&#8217;s report, Libya could now qualify as a failed state.)</p>
<p>Language is an invention that makes it possible for a person to deny what he is doing even as he does it.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama closed with these stirring words; &#8220;It can be tempting to throw up our hands and resign ourselves to man&#8217;s endless capacity for cruelty. It&#8217;s tempting sometimes to believe that there is nothing we can do.&#8221; But Barack Obama is not one of those doubters. He knows there is something he can do about man&#8217;s endless capacity for cruelty. He can add to it. Greatly. And yet, I am certain that, with exceedingly few exceptions, those in his Holocaust audience left with no doubt that this was a man wholly deserving of his Nobel Peace Prize.</p>
<p>And future American history books may well certify the president&#8217;s words as factual, his motivation sincere, for his talk indeed possessed the quality needed for schoolbooks.</p>
<p><strong>The Israeli-American-Iranian-Holocaust-NobelPeacePrize Circus</strong></p>
<p>It&#8217;s a textbook case of how the American media is at its worst when it comes to US foreign policy and particularly when an Officially Designated Enemy (ODE) is involved. I&#8217;ve discussed this case several times in this report in recent years. The ODE is Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad. The accusation has been that he had threatened violence against Israel, based on his 2005 remark calling for &#8220;wiping Israel off the map&#8221;. Who can count the number of times this has been repeated in every kind of media, in every country of the world, without questioning the accuracy of what was reported? A Lexis-Nexis search of &#8220;All News (English)&#8221; for <Iran and Israel and "off the map"> for the past seven years produced the message: &#8220;This search has been interrupted because it will return more than 3000 results.&#8221;</p>
<p>As I&#8217;ve pointed out, Ahmadinejad&#8217;s &#8220;threat of violence&#8221; was a serious misinterpretation, one piece of evidence being that the following year he declared: &#8220;The Zionist regime will be wiped out soon, the same way the Soviet Union was, and humanity will achieve freedom.&#8221;<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_1_44370" id="identifier_1_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Associated Press, December 12, 2006.">2</a></sup>  Obviously, he was not calling for any kind of violent attack upon Israel, for the dissolution of the Soviet Union took place remarkably peacefully. But the myth of course continued.</p>
<p>Now, finally, we have the following exchange from the radio-TV simulcast, <em>Democracy Now!</em>, of April 19:</p>
<blockquote><p>A top Israeli official has acknowledged that Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad never said that Iran seeks to &#8220;wipe Israel off the face of the map.&#8221; The falsely translated statement has been widely attributed to Ahmadinejad and used repeatedly by U.S. and Israeli government officials to back military action and sanctions against Iran. But speaking to Teymoor Nabili of the network Al Jazeera, Israeli Deputy Prime Minister Dan Meridor admitted Ahmadinejad had been misquoted.</p>
<p><strong>Teymoor Nabili</strong>: &#8220;As we know, Ahmadinejad didn&#8217;t say that he plans to exterminate Israel, nor did he say that Iran policy is to exterminate Israel. Ahmadinejad&#8217;s position and Iran&#8217;s position always has been, and they&#8217;ve made this — they&#8217;ve said this as many times as Ahmadinejad has criticized Israel, he has said as many times that he has no plans to attack Israel. &#8230;&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Dan Meridor</strong>: &#8220;Well, I have to disagree, with all due respect. You speak of Ahmadinejad. I speak of Khamenei, Ahmadinejad, Rafsanjani, Shamkhani. I give the names of all these people. They all come, basically ideologically, religiously, with the statement that Israel is an unnatural creature, it will not survive. They didn&#8217;t say, &#8216;We&#8217;ll wipe it out,&#8217; you&#8217;re right. But &#8216;It will not survive, it is a cancerous tumor that should be removed,&#8217; was said just two weeks ago again.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Teymoor Nabili</strong>: &#8220;Well, I&#8217;m glad you&#8217;ve acknowledged that they didn&#8217;t say they will wipe it out.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<p>So that&#8217;s that. Right? Of course not. Fox News, NPR, CNN, NBC, <em>et al</em>. will likely continue to claim that Ahmadinejad threatened violence against Israel, threatened to &#8220;wipe it off the map&#8221;.</p>
<p>And that&#8217;s only Ahmadinejad the Israeli Killer. There&#8217;s still Ahmadinejad the Holocaust Denier. So until a high Israeli official finally admits that that too is a lie, keep in mind that Ahmadinejad has never said simply, clearly, unambiguously, and unequivocally that he thinks that what we historically know as the Holocaust never happened. He has instead commented about the peculiarity and injustice of a Holocaust which took place in Europe resulting in a state for the Jews in the Middle East instead of in Europe. Why are the Palestinians paying a price for a German crime? he asks. And he has questioned the figure of six million Jews killed by Nazi Germany, as have many other people of various political stripes. In a speech at Columbia University on September 24, 2007, in reply to a question about the Holocaust, the Iranian president declared: &#8220;I&#8217;m not saying that it didn&#8217;t happen at all. This is not the judgment that I&#8217;m passing here.&#8221;<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_2_44370" id="identifier_2_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="President Ahmadinejad Delivers Remarks at Columbia University, Transcript, Washington Post, September 24, 2007.">3</a></sup> </p>
<p>Let us now listen to Elie Wiesel, the simplistic, reactionary man who&#8217;s built a career around being a Holocaust survivor, introducing President Obama at the Holocaust Museum for the talk referred to above, some five days after the statement made by the Israeli Deputy Prime Minister:</p>
<blockquote><p>How is it that the Holocaust&#8217;s No. 1 denier, Ahmadinejad, is still a president? He who threatens to use nuclear weapons — to use nuclear weapons — to destroy the Jewish state. Have we not learned? We must. We must know that when evil has power, it is almost too late.</p></blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Nuclear weapons&#8221; is of course adding a new myth on the back of the old myth.</p>
<p>Wiesel, like Obama, is a winner of the Nobel Peace Prize. As is Henry Kissinger and Menachim Begin. And several other such war-loving beauties. When will that monumental farce of a prize be put to sleep?</p>
<p>For the record, let it be noted that on March 4, speaking before the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC), Obama said: &#8220;Let&#8217;s begin with a basic truth that you all understand: No Israeli government can tolerate a nuclear weapon in the hands of a regime that denies the Holocaust, threatens to wipe Israel off the map, and sponsors terrorist groups committed to Israel&#8217;s destruction.&#8221;<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_3_44370" id="identifier_3_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Remarks by the President at AIPAC Policy Conference, White House Office of the Press Secretary, March 4, 2012.">4</a></sup> </p>
<p>Postscript: Each time I strongly criticize Barack Obama a few of my readers ask to unsubscribe. I&#8217;m really sorry to lose them but it&#8217;s important that those on the left rid themselves of their attachment to the Democratic Party. I&#8217;m not certain how best to institute revolutionary change in the United States, but I do know that it will not happen through the Democratic Party, and the sooner those on the left cut their umbilical cord to the Democrats, the sooner we can start to get more serious about this thing called revolution.</p>
<p><strong>Written on Earth Day, Sunday, April 22, 2012</strong></p>
<p>Two simple suggestions as part of a plan to save the planet.</p>
<p>1. Population control: limit families to two children</p>
<p>All else being equal, a markedly reduced population count would have a markedly beneficial effect upon global warming, air pollution, and food and water availability; as well as finding a parking spot, getting a seat on the subway, getting on the flight you prefer, and much, much more. Some favor limiting families to one child. Still others, who spend a major part of each day digesting the awful news of the world, are calling for a limit of zero. (The Chinese government announced in 2008 that the country would have about 400 million more people if it wasn&#8217;t for its limit of one or two children per couple.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_4_44370" id="identifier_4_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Washington Post, March 3, 2008.">5</a></sup> </p>
<p>But, within the environmental movement, there is still significant opposition to this. Part of the reason is fear of ethnic criticism inasmuch as population programs have traditionally been aimed at — or seen to be aimed at — primarily the poor, the weak, and various &#8220;outsiders&#8221;. There is also the fear of the religious right and its medieval views on birth control.</p>
<p>2. Eliminate the greatest consumer of energy in the world: The United States military.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s Michael Klare, professor of Peace and World Security Studies at Hampshire College, Mass. in 2007:</p>
<blockquote><p>Sixteen gallons of oil. That&#8217;s how much the average American soldier in Iraq and Afghanistan consumes on a daily basis — either directly, through the use of Humvees, tanks, trucks, and helicopters, or indirectly, by calling in air strikes. Multiply this figure by 162,000 soldiers in Iraq, 24,000 in Afghanistan, and 30,000 in the surrounding region (including sailors aboard U.S. warships in the Persian Gulf) and you arrive at approximately 3.5 million gallons of oil: the daily petroleum tab for U.S. combat operations in the Middle East war zone. Multiply that daily tab by 365 and you get 1.3 billion gallons: the estimated annual oil expenditure for U.S. combat operations in Southwest Asia. That&#8217;s greater than the total annual oil usage of Bangladesh, population 150 million — and yet it&#8217;s a gross underestimate of the Pentagon&#8217;s wartime consumption.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_5_44370" id="identifier_5_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="The Pentagon v. Peak Oil, TomDispatch.com, June 14, 2007.">6</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<p>The United States military, for decades, with its legion of bases and its numerous wars has also produced and left behind a deadly toxic legacy. From the use of Agent Orange in Vietnam in the 1960s to the open-air burn pits on US bases in Iraq and Afghanistan in the 21st century, countless local people have been sickened and killed; and in between those two periods we could read things such as this from a lengthy article on the subject in the <em>Los Angeles Times</em> in 1990:</p>
<blockquote><p>U.S. military installations have polluted the drinking water of the Pacific island of Guam, poured tons of toxic chemicals into Subic Bay in the Philippines, leaked carcinogens into the water source of a German spa, spewed tons of sulfurous coal smoke into the skies of Central Europe and pumped millions of gallons of raw sewage into the oceans.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/#footnote_6_44370" id="identifier_6_44370" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Los Angeles Times, June 18, 1990.">7</a></sup> </p></blockquote>
<p>The military has caused similar harm to the environment in the United States at a number of its installations. (Do a Google search for <"U.S. military bases" toxic>)</p>
<dl>
<dt>When I suggest eliminating the military I am usually rebuked for leaving &#8220;a defenseless America open to foreign military invasion&#8221;. And I usually reply:</p>
<p></a></dt>
<dd>
<p>&#8220;Tell me who would invade us? Which country?&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;What do you mean which country? It could be any country.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;So then it should be easy to name one.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Okay, any of the 200 members of the United Nations!&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;No, I&#8217;d like you to name a specific country that you think would invade the United States. Name just one.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Okay, Paraguay. You happy now?&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;No, you have to tell me why Paraguay would invade the United States.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;How would I know?&#8221;</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>Etc., etc., and if this charming dialogue continues, I ask the person to tell me how many troops the invading country would have to have to occupy a country of more than 300 million people.</p>
<p><strong>Yankee karma</strong></p>
<p>The questions concerning immigration into the United States from south of the border go on year after year, with the same issues argued back and forth: What&#8217;s the best way to block the flow into the country? How shall we punish those caught here illegally? Should we separate families, which happens when parents are deported but their American-born children remain? Should the police and various other institutions have the right to ask for proof of legal residence from anyone they suspect of being here illegally? Should we punish employers who hire illegal immigrants? Should we grant amnesty to at least some of the immigrants already here for years? &#8230; on and on, round and round it goes, for decades. Every once in a while someone opposed to immigration will make it a point to declare that the United States does not have any moral obligation to take in these Latino immigrants.</p>
<p>But the counter-argument to the last is almost never mentioned: Yes, the United States does have a moral obligation because so many of the immigrants are escaping situations in their homelands made hopeless by American interventions and policy. In Guatemala and Nicaragua, Washington overthrew progressive governments which were sincerely committed to fighting poverty. In El Salvador, the US played a major role in suppressing a movement striving to install such a government, and to a lesser extent played such a role in Honduras. And in Mexico, although Washington has not intervened militarily in Mexico since 1919, over the years the US has been providing training, arms, and surveillance technology to Mexico&#8217;s police and armed forces to better their ability to suppress their own people&#8217;s aspirations, as in Chiapas, and this has added to the influx of the impoverished to the United States. Moreover, Washington&#8217;s North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), has brought a flood of cheap, subsidized US agricultural products into Mexico and driven many Mexican farmers off the land.</p>
<p>The end result of all these policies has been an army of migrants heading north in search of a better life. It&#8217;s not that these people prefer to live in the United States. They&#8217;d much rather remain with their families and friends, be able to speak their native language at all times, and avoid the hardships imposed on them by American police and right-wingers.</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_44370" class="footnote"><em>Washington Post</em>, March 5, 1987.</li><li id="footnote_1_44370" class="footnote">Associated Press, December 12, 2006.</li><li id="footnote_2_44370" class="footnote">President Ahmadinejad Delivers Remarks at Columbia University, Transcript, Washington Post, September 24, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_3_44370" class="footnote">Remarks by the President at AIPAC Policy Conference, White House Office of the Press Secretary, March 4, 2012.</li><li id="footnote_4_44370" class="footnote"><em>Washington Post</em>, March 3, 2008.</li><li id="footnote_5_44370" class="footnote">The Pentagon v. Peak Oil, <em>TomDispatch.com</em>, June 14, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_6_44370" class="footnote"><em>Los Angeles Times</em>, June 18, 1990.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/05/obamas-sincerity-and-atrocity-prevention/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>“NGO”: The Guise of Innocence</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 07 Apr 2012 15:01:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jenny O'Connor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Costa Rica]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Egypt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NGOs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Freedom House]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[International Center for Journalists (ICFJ)]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[International Republican Institute (IRI)]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Konrad Adenauer Stiftung]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[National Democratic Institute (NDI)]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=43975</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In December Egyptian prosecutors and police raided 17 offices of 10 groups identifying themselves as “pro-democracy” NGOs, including four US-based agencies. Forty-three people, including 16 US citizens, have been accused of failing to register with the government and financing the April 6th protest movement with illicit funds in a manner that detracts from the sovereignty [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In December Egyptian prosecutors and police raided 17 offices of 10 groups identifying themselves as “pro-democracy” NGOs, including four US-based agencies. Forty-three people, including 16 US citizens, have been accused of failing to register with the government and financing the April 6th protest movement with illicit funds in a manner that detracts from the sovereignty of the Egyptian state.</p>
<p>The US has applied massive pressure on Egypt to drop the case, sending high-level officials to Cairo for intense discussions and threatening to cut off up to $1.3bn in military aid and $250m in economic assistance if the US citizens were tried. A travel ban was imposed on seven of them by Egypt’s Attorney General, including Sam LaHood, son of Obama’s Transportation Secretary. By the first day of the case all but the seven with travel restrictions had left the country and those who remained did not even attend court. A day after the ban was lifted a military plane removed the remaining seven US citizens from Egypt after the US government provided nearly $5m in bail.</p>
<p>The Egyptian authorities stated that the matter was firmly in the hands of the judiciary and out of control of government and accused the US of unacceptable meddling. The international community has expressed outrage at the affair and accused the Egyptian military of inciting paranoia of foreign interference so as to deflect attention from the slow pace of political and democratic reform a year after the revolution. Amid the high-profile diplomatic strife there has been an almost total global journalistic silence on the nature and funding of these “NGOs”.</p>
<p><strong>State Sponsored Organisations, Not NGOs</strong></p>
<p>The people standing trial are repeatedly referred to by governments and the media as “NGO workers”. The 43 defendants worked for five specific organisations; Freedom House; the National Democratic Institute (NDI); the International Republican Institute (IRI); the International Center for Journalists (ICFJ) and the Konrad Adenauer <em>Stiftung</em>. Only one of these organisations, the ICFJ, can be considered as non-governmental in that it does not receive the majority of its funding either directly or indirectly from a government.</p>
<p>The NDI, chaired by Madeline Albright, and the IRI, chaired by Senator John McCain, represent the US Democratic and Republican political parties. The NDI and IRI, together with the Center for International Private Enterprise, which represents the US Chamber of Commerce, and the Solidarity Centre,<em> </em>which represents the<em> </em>American Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial Organizations (AFL-CIO), make up the four “core institutions” of the National Endowment for Democracy (NED). NED is a non-profit, grant-making institution that receives more than 90% of its annual budget from the US government. While Freedom House claims to be independent it regularly receives the majority of its funding from the NED. The Konrad Adenauer Stiftung<em>, </em>sometimes referred to as the Germa<em>n </em>NED<em>, </em>is a non-profit foundation associated with the Christian Democratic Union<em>. </em>It receives over 90% of its funding from the German government<em>. </em>This means that the IRI, the NDI, Freedom House and the Konrad Adenauer Stifung &#8211; four of the five accused organisation &#8211; are state sponsored institutions and can not be defined as NGOs.</p>
<p>Freedom House has long been criticised for its right wing bias, favouring free markets and US foreign policy interests when assessing civil liberty and political freedom “scores” in countries around the world. Freedom House statistics for 2011 claim that Venezuelans had the same level of political rights as Iraqis. Bolivia’s overall score was reduced from “Free” to “Partially Free” after mass protests removed American-educated millionaire Gonzalo Sanchez de Losada from power after he initiated a sweeping privatization program. Now, under the first government in her history to really recognise the rights of the indigenous majority, Bolivia is still rated by Freedom House as only partially free and received a lower overall score than Botswana where one party (the BDP) has been in power since the first elections were held there in 1965<em>. </em>Freedom House has also been accused of running programmes of regime destabilisation in US “enemy states” and a 1996 Financial Times article revealed that Freedom House was one of several organisations selected by the State Department to receive funding for “clandestine activities” inside Iran including training and funding groups seeking regime change, an act that received criticism from Iranian grass roots pro-democracy groups.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_0_43975" id="identifier_0_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Guy Dinmore, &amp;#8220;Bush enters Iran &amp;#8216;freedom&amp;#8217; debate&rsquo;&amp;#8221;, Financial Times, March 31, 2006">1</a></sup></p>
<p>The most nefarious of these organisations by far, however, are the IRI and the NDI. They receive NED grants “for work abroad to foster the growth of political parties, electoral processes and institutions, free trade unions, and free markets and business organizations.” <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_1_43975" id="identifier_1_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="National Endowment for Democracy official website">2</a></sup>  On March 6th, a protest march was organised by American civil society organisations at the offices of the NED in Washington, demanding; “NO ATTACKS ON DEMOCRACY ANYWHERE! CLOSE THE NED”. Union members and labor activists have protested and campaigned for years demanding that the AFL-CIO’s Solidarity Center break all ties to the NED.</p>
<p><strong>Board of Directors</strong></p>
<p>Chaired by Richard Gephardt – former Democratic Representative, now CEO of his own corporate consultancy and lobbying firm – the NED’s board of directors consists of a collection of corporate lobbyists, advisors and consultants, former U.S congressmen, senators, ambassadors and military and senior fellows of think tanks. For example, John A. Bohn, a former high level international banker and former President and Chief Executive Officer of Moody’s Investors Service, is now Commissioner of the California Public Utilities Commission, a principal in a global corporate advisory and consulting firm and Executive Chairman of an internet based trading exchange for petrochemicals. Kenneth Duberstein, former White House Deputy Chief of Staff under Reagan, is now Chairman and CEO of his own corporate lobbying firm. He also sits on the Board of Governors of the American Stock Exchange and NASD and serves on the Boards of Directors of numerous conglomerates including The Boeing Company, ConocoPhilips and Fannie Mae. Martin Frost is a former congressman who was involved in writing the 1999 “Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act” also known as the “Citigroup Relief Act”, and William Galston, former student of Leo Strauss, is a US Marine Corp veteran.</p>
<p>The Board also contains four of the founding members of ultra-conservative think tank <em>Project for a New American Century</em>; Francis Fukyama (author of ‘<em>The End of History</em>’), Will Marshall (founder of the ‘New Democrats’, an organisation that aimed to move Democratic Party policies to the right) former congressman Vin Weber (who retired from Congress in 1992 as a result of the House Banking Scandal and is now managing partner of a corporate lobbying firm) and Zalmay Khalilzad<strong>. </strong>Under George Bush Jr., Khalilzad served as US Ambassador to Iraq, Afghanistan and the UN.  He is now President and CEO of his own international corporate advisory firm which advises clients – mainly in the energy, construction, education, and infrastructure sectors – wishing to do business in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq and Afghanistan. He also briefly consulted for Cambridge Energy Research Associates while they were conducting a risk analysis for the proposed Trans-Afghanistan gas pipeline.</p>
<p><strong>History</strong></p>
<p>The NED was founded in 1983 when Washington was embroiled in numerous controversies relating to covert military operations and the training and funding of paramilitaries and death squads in Central and South America. The NED was formed to create an open and legal avenue for the US Government to channel funds to opposition groups against unfavourable regimes around the world, thus removing the political stigma associated with covert CIA funding. In a 1991 <em>Washington Post</em> article, “Innocence Abroad: The New World of Spyless Coups”, Allen Weinstein (who helped draft the legislation that established the NED) declared; “A lot of what we [the NED] do today was done covertly 25 years ago by the CIA”. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_2_43975" id="identifier_2_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Innocence Abroad: The New World of Spyless Coups by David Ignatius. Washington Post, September 22, 1991">3</a></sup></p>
<p>In 1996 the Heritage Foundation published an article in defence of continued NED congressional funding which accurately summed up the NED as a US foreign policy tool; “The NED is a valuable weapon in the international war of ideas. It advances American national interests by promoting the development of stable democracies friendly to the U.S. in strategically important parts of the world. The U.S. cannot afford to discard such an effective instrument of foreign policy…Although the Cold War has ended, the global war of ideas continues to rage”. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_3_43975" id="identifier_3_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="The National Endowment for Democracy: A Prudent Investment in the Future by James Phillips (Senior Research Fellow for Middle Eastern Affairs) and Kim R. Holmes (Vice President of Foreign and Defence Policy Studies), Heritage Foundation, 1996">4</a></sup></p>
<p>As well as ongoing campaigns of regime destabilisation in undemocratic US enemy states such as Cuba and China, and its well known funding of “colour” revolutionaries in the former soviet space, the NED has been repeatedly involved in influencing elections and overthrowing governments in left-leaning and anti-US democratic regimes around the world. This is achieved by providing funding and/or training and strategic advice to opposition groups, political parties, journalists and media outlets. As Barbara Conry of the Cato Institute wrote: “Through the Endowment, the American taxpayer has paid for special-interest groups to harass the duly elected governments of friendly countries, interfere in foreign elections, and foster the corruption of democratic movements.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_4_43975" id="identifier_4_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Conry, B. (1993) Cato Foreign Policy Briefing No. 27, November 8">5</a></sup></p>
<p>From 1986 to 1988 the NED funded the right-wing political opposition to Nobel Peace Price winner, President Oscar Arias, in democratic Costa Rica because he was outspokenly critical of Reagan’s violent policies in Central America. During the 1980s the NED was even active in “defending democracy” in France due to the dangerous rise in communist influence perceived as occurring under the elected socialist government of Francois Mitterrand. Money was channelled into opposition groups including extreme right-wing organisations such as the National Inter-University Union. In 1990 the NED provided funding and support to right wing groups in Nicaragua, and Daniel Ortega and the Sandinistas were removed from power in an election described by Professor William I. Robinson as an event in which “massive foreign interference completely distorted an endogenous political process and undermined the ability of the elections to be a free choice”.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_5_43975" id="identifier_5_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Robinson, William I. (1992), A Faustian Bargain: U.S. Intervention in the Nicaraguan Elections and American Foreign Policy in the Post-Cold War Era,&nbsp; Boulder: Westview Press, p. 150">6</a></sup></p>
<p>In the late 1990s the NED provided funding and support to the US backed right-wing opposition against the election campaign of progressive former president, and first democratically elected leader of Haiti, Jean-Betrand Aristide. When a coup removed Aristide from power for the second time in 2004 it was revealed that the NED had provided funding and strategic advice to the principal organizations involved in his ousting. The involvement of the NED in the 2002 attempted coup against President Hugo Chavez in Venezuela has been well researched and documented. Immediately after the coup, however, the then president of the IRI, George Folsom, revealed the institute’s role in the endeavour when he sent out a press release celebrating Chavez’s ousting: “The Institute has served as a bridge between the nation’s political parties and all civil society groups to help Venezuelans forge a new democratic future…”.</p>
<p>The IRI was also implicated in the 2009 Honduran coup amid claims that the organisation had supported the ousting of democratically elected leader Manuel Zelaya because of his support of the Bolivarian Alternative for the Americas (an anti-free trade pact including Honduras, Venezuela, Bolivia and Cuba) and his refusal to privatise telecommunications. According to the Council on Hemispheric Affairs AT&amp;T – an American telecommunications giant – has provided significant funding to both the IRI and Senator John McCain (its chairman) in order to target Latin American states that refuse to privatize their telecommunications industry.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_6_43975" id="identifier_6_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title=" D&amp;#8217;Ambrosio, Michaela,&nbsp; &lsquo;The Honduran Coup: Was it a matter of behind the scenes finagling by state department stonewallers?&amp;#8221; Council on Hemispheric Affairs, September 16, 2009">7</a></sup></p>
<p><strong>Influence in Egypt and the Arab Spring</strong></p>
<p>The NED works in democratic Turkey but does not provide “democratisation grants” to civil society organisations in Western allied absolute monarchies such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia or Oman. A number of NED backed activists have taken centre stage in the Arab Spring struggles and U.S. supported candidates have risen to occupy leading positions in newly established transitional governments. The most glaring example of this is Libya’s transitional Prime Minister, Dr. Abdurrahim El-Keib, who holds dual U.S./Libyan citizenship and is former Chairman of the Petroleum Institute sponsored by British Petroleum, Shell, Total and the Japan Oil Development Company. He handed the job of running Libya’s oil and gas supply to a technocrat and, according to the <em>Guardian</em>, has passed over Islamists expected to make the cabinet in order “to please Western backers”.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_7_43975" id="identifier_7_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="&amp;#8220;Libyan PM snubs Islamists with cabinet to please western backers&amp;#8221;, The Guardian, Tuesday&nbsp; November 22, 2011">8</a></sup> Tawakkul Karman too, of Yemen, who became the youngest ever recipient of a Nobel Peace Price in 2011, was leader of a NED grantee organisation, “Women Journalists without Chains”.</p>
<p>In 2009 sixteen young Egyptian activists completed a two-month Freedom House ‘New Generation Fellowship’ in Washington. The activists received training in advocacy and met with U.S. government officials, members of Congress, media outlets and think tanks. As far back as 2008, members of the April 6th Movement attended the inaugural summit of the Association of Youth Movements (AYM) in New York, where they networked with other movements, attended workshops on the use of new and social media and learned about technical upgrades, such as consistently alternating computer simcards, which help to evade state internet surveillance. AYM is sponsored by Pepsi, YouTube and MTV and amongst the luminaries who participated in the 2008 Summit, which focused on training activists in the use of Facebook and Twitter, were James Glassman of the State Department, Sherif Mansour of Freedom House, National Security Advisor Shaarik Zafar and Larry Diamond of the NED.</p>
<p>This is rather ironic considering that in September 2009 the US authorities arrested Elliot Madison (a US citizen and full-time social worker) for using Twitter to disseminate information about police movements to G20 Summit street protesters in Pittsburgh. Madison, apparently in violation of a loosely defined federal anti-rioting law, was accused of &#8220;criminal use of a communication facility,&#8221; &#8220;possessing instruments of crime,&#8221; and &#8220;hindering apprehension”. Given that heavily armed police officers were using tear gas, sonic weapons and rubber bullets on protesters Madison’s actions were hardly unjustified. Further demonstrating the hypocrisy of Madison’s arrest is the fact that in June 2009 the State Department had requested Twitter delay a planned upgrade so that Iranian protesters’ tweets would not be interrupted. Twitter Inc subsequently stated in a blog post that it had delayed the upgrade because of its role as an &#8220;important communication tool in Iran.&#8221;<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_8_43975" id="identifier_8_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Pleming, Sue. &amp;#8220;US State Department speaks to Twitter over Iran&amp;#8221;,&nbsp; Reuters, Jun 16, 2009">9</a></sup></p>
<p>A leaked 2008 cable from the Cairo US Embassy, entitled &#8220;April 6 activist on his US visit and regime change in Egypt”, showed that the US was in dialogue with an April 6th youth activist about his attendance at the AYM Summit.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_9_43975" id="identifier_9_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="&amp;#8220;Egypt protests: secret US document discloses support for protesters&amp;#8221;,&nbsp; The Telegraph, January 28, 2011">10</a></sup>  The cable revealed that the activist tried to convince his Washington interlocutors that the US Government and the International Community should pressure the Egyptian government into implementing reforms by freezing the off-shore bank accounts of Egyptian Government officials. He also detailed the youth movement’s plans to remove Mubarak from power and hold representative elections before the September 2011 presidential election.</p>
<p>While the cable revealed that the US deemed this plan “highly unrealistic”, the dialogue proves that the funding of any youth organisation associated with the April 6th movement by a US organisation since December 2008 had been done with Washington and the US embassy in Cairo being fully aware that the movement’s aim was regime change in Egypt. Yet in April 2011 the <em>New York Times</em> published an article entitled ‘U.S. Groups Helped Nurture Arab Uprisings’ in which it openly stated that; &#8220;A number of the groups and individuals directly involved in the revolts and reforms sweeping the region, including the April 6th Youth Movement in Egypt, the Bahrain Center for Human Rights and grass-roots activists like Entsar Qadhi, a youth leader in Yemen, received training and financing from groups like the IRI, the NDI and Freedom House”.</p>
<p>According to the NED’s 2009 Annual Report, $1,419,426 worth of grants was doled out to civil society organisations in Egypt that year. In 2010, the year preceding the January – February 2011 revolution, this funding massively increased to $2,497,457.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_10_43975" id="identifier_10_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="All figures taken from 2009 and 2010 NED annual report&rsquo;s for Egypt available on NED&rsquo;s official website">11</a></sup> Nearly half of this sum, $1,146,903, was allocated to the Center for International Private Enterprise for activates such as conducting workshops at governate level “to promote corporate citizenship” and engaging civil society organizations “to participate in the democratic process by strengthening their capacity to advo­cate for free market legislative reform on behalf of their members”. Freedom House also received $89,000 to “strengthen cooperation among a network of local activists and bloggers”.</p>
<p>According to the same 2010 report, various youth organisations and youth orientated projects received a total of $370,954 for activities such as expanding the use of new media and social advertising campaigns among young activists, training and providing ongoing support in “the production and targeted dissemination of social advertisement campaigns”, building the leadership skills of political party youth, strengthening and supporting “a cadre of young civic and political activists . . . well positioned to mobilize and engage their communities”, and providing youth  training workshops in “professional media skills as well as online and social networking media tools”.</p>
<p>But this is just the funding that is transparently made known to us on the NED’s official website. After the revolution, the NDI and IRI massively expanded their operations in Egypt, opening five new offices between them and hiring large numbers of new staff. The Egyptian authorities claim that they have found these organisations’ finances very difficult to trace. According to Dawlat Eissa – a 27-year-old Egyptian-American and former IRI employee – the IRI used employees’ private bank accounts to channel money covertly from Washington, and an IRI accountant stated that directors used their personal credit cards for expenses. Eissa and a number of her colleagues resigned from their posts with the IRI in October, and Eissa filed a complaint with the government after director Sam LaHood reportedly told employees to collect all of the organisation’s work related paperwork for scanning and shipping to the US.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/#footnote_11_43975" id="identifier_11_43975" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Hill, Evan,&nbsp; &amp;#8220;Egypt dossier outlines NGO prosecution&amp;#8221;, Al Jazeera English, February 26, 2012">12</a></sup></p>
<p>It is clear that NDI, IRI and Freedom House were training and funding the youth movement in Egypt while the US Government and its Cairo Embassy were fully aware that the youth movement aimed to remove Mubarak from power. Critics claim that the defendants are being charged with a law that is a “relic of the Mubarak era”. But, it may be replied, in what country does the law allow foreign governments to fund and train opposition groups with a stated goal of regime change? It is common sense to assume that if China or Cuba were funding similar oppositionist groups in the US, those involved would be facing far harsher sentences than the 43 now standing trial in Egypt. Yet they continue to hide behind the tattered guise of being “NGO” employees, claiming independence because their US government funding is channelled through the National Endowment for Democracy.</p>
<p>The term “NGO” is used deliberately to create an illusion of innocent philanthropic activity. In this case the Egyptian government is investigating the operations of organisations in receipt of US state funding which have a proven history of covertly funding political parties, influencing elections and aiding coups against both autocratic and democratic non-compliant and left-leaning governments around the world. Yet one mention of the Egyptian government&#8217;s raid on the offices of so-called “pro-democracy NGOs” in Cairo was enough to spark an international outcry. The result has been an almost complete failure by the Western press to investigate at all the history of the organisations involved or the validity of the charges being brought against them.</p>
<p>•  This article was first published in <span style="font-family: Tahoma;"><em>Irish Foreign Affairs</em></span><span style="font-family: Tahoma;"> (Vol 5, No. 1, March 2012</span>)</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_43975" class="footnote">Guy Dinmore, &#8220;Bush enters Iran &#8216;freedom&#8217; debate’&#8221;, <em>Financial Times</em>, March 31, 2006</li><li id="footnote_1_43975" class="footnote">National Endowment for Democracy official <a href="www.ned.org">website</a></li><li id="footnote_2_43975" class="footnote"><em>Innocence Abroad: The New World of Spyless Coups</em> by David Ignatius. Washington Post, September 22, 1991</li><li id="footnote_3_43975" class="footnote"><em>The National Endowment for Democracy: A Prudent Investment in the Future</em> by James Phillips (Senior Research Fellow for Middle Eastern Affairs) and Kim R. Holmes (Vice President of Foreign and Defence Policy Studies), Heritage Foundation, 1996</li><li id="footnote_4_43975" class="footnote">Conry, B. (1993) Cato Foreign Policy Briefing No. 27, November 8</li><li id="footnote_5_43975" class="footnote">Robinson, William I. (1992), <em>A Faustian Bargain: U.S. Intervention in the Nicaraguan Elections and American Foreign Policy in the Post-Cold War Era, </em> Boulder: Westview Press, p. 150</li><li id="footnote_6_43975" class="footnote"> D&#8217;Ambrosio, Michaela,  ‘The Honduran Coup: Was it a matter of behind the scenes finagling by state department stonewallers?&#8221; Council on Hemispheric Affairs, September 16, 2009</li><li id="footnote_7_43975" class="footnote">&#8220;Libyan PM snubs Islamists with cabinet to please western backers&#8221;, <em>The Guardian</em>, Tuesday  November 22, 2011</li><li id="footnote_8_43975" class="footnote">Pleming, Sue. &#8220;US State Department speaks to Twitter over Iran&#8221;,  <em>Reuters</em>, Jun 16, 2009</li><li id="footnote_9_43975" class="footnote">&#8220;Egypt protests: secret US document discloses support for protesters&#8221;,  <em>The Telegraph,</em> January 28, 2011</li><li id="footnote_10_43975" class="footnote">All figures taken from 2009 and 2010 NED annual report’s for Egypt available on NED’s official website</li><li id="footnote_11_43975" class="footnote">Hill, Evan,  &#8220;Egypt dossier outlines NGO prosecution&#8221;, <em>Al Jazeera English</em>, February 26, 2012</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/04/ngo-the-guise-of-innocence/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Saga of Bradley Manning, Julian Assange, and Wikileaks, to be put to Ballad and Film</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/03/the-saga-of-bradley-manning-julian-assange-and-wikileaks-to-be-put-to-ballad-and-film-2/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/03/the-saga-of-bradley-manning-julian-assange-and-wikileaks-to-be-put-to-ballad-and-film-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2012 16:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>William Blum</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CIA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corruption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crimes against Humanity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cuba]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage/"Intelligence"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Japan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharmaceuticals]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Russia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Saudi Arabia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spain]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sweden]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tunisia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Nations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Whistleblowing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wikileaks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Yemen]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bradley Manning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Julian Assangee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Yukiya Amano]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=42842</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[&#8220;Defense lawyers say Manning was clearly a troubled young soldier whom the Army should never have deployed to Iraq or given access to classified material while he was stationed there &#8230; They say he was in emotional turmoil, partly because he was a gay soldier at a time when homosexuals were barred from serving openly [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&#8220;Defense lawyers say Manning was clearly a troubled young soldier whom the Army should never have deployed to Iraq or given access to classified material while he was stationed there &#8230; They say he was in emotional turmoil, partly because he was a gay soldier at a time when homosexuals were barred from serving openly in the U.S. armed forces.&#8221;</p>
<p><em>— Associated Press</em>, February 3, 2012</p>
<p>It&#8217;s unfortunate and disturbing that Bradley Manning&#8217;s attorneys have chosen to consistently base his legal defense upon the premise that personal problems and shortcomings are what motivated the young man to turn over hundreds of thousands of classified government files to Wikileaks. They should not be presenting him that way any more than Bradley should be tried as a criminal or traitor. He should be hailed as a national hero. Yes, even when the lawyers are talking to the military mind. May as well try to penetrate that mind and find the freest and best person living there. Bradley also wears a military uniform.</p>
<p>Here are Manning&#8217;s own words from an online chat: &#8220;If you had free reign over classified networks &#8230; and you saw incredible things, awful things &#8230; things that belonged in the public domain, and not on some server stored in a dark room in Washington DC &#8230; what would you do? &#8230; God knows what happens now. Hopefully worldwide discussion, debates, and reforms. &#8230; I want people to see the truth &#8230; because without information, you cannot make informed decisions as a public.&#8221;</p>
<p>Is the world to believe that these are the words of a disturbed and irrational person? Do not the Nuremberg Tribunal and the Geneva Conventions speak of a higher duty than blind loyalty to one&#8217;s government, a duty to report the war crimes of that government?</p>
<p>Below is a listing of some of the things revealed in the State Department cables and Defense Department files and videos. For exposing such embarrassing and less-than-honorable behavior, Bradley Manning of the United States Army and Julian Assange of Wikileaks may spend most of their remaining days in a modern dungeon, much of it while undergoing that particular form of torture known as &#8220;solitary confinement&#8221;. Indeed, it has been suggested that the mistreatment of Manning has been for the purpose of making him testify against and implicating Assange. Dozens of members of the American media and public officials have called for Julian Assange&#8217;s execution or assassination. Under the new National Defense Authorization Act, Assange could well be kidnapped or assassinated. What century are we living in? What world?</p>
<p>It was after seeing American war crimes such as those depicted in the video &#8220;Collateral Murder&#8221; and documented in the &#8220;Iraq War Logs,&#8221; made public by Manning and Wikileaks, that the Iraqis refused to exempt US forces from prosecution for future crimes. The video depicts an American helicopter indiscriminately murdering several non-combatants in addition to two Reuters journalists, and the wounding of two little children, while the helicopter pilots cheer the attacks in a Baghdad suburb like it was the Army-Navy game in Philadelphia.</p>
<p>The insistence of the Iraqi government on legal jurisdiction over American soldiers for violations of Iraqi law — something the United States rarely, if ever, accepts in any of the many countries where its military is stationed — forced the Obama administration to pull the remaining American troops from the country.</p>
<p>If Manning had committed war crimes in Iraq instead of exposing them, he would be a free man today, as are the many hundreds/thousands of American soldiers guilty of truly loathsome crimes in cities like Haditha, Fallujah, and other places whose names will live in infamy in the land of ancient Mesopotamia.</p>
<p>Besides playing a role in writing <em>finis</em> to the awful Iraq war, the Wikileaks disclosures helped to spark the Arab Spring, beginning in Tunisia.</p>
<p>When people in Tunisia read or heard of US Embassy cables revealing the extensive corruption and decadence of the extended ruling family there — one long and detailed cable being titled: &#8220;CORRUPTION IN TUNISIA: WHAT&#8217;S YOURS IS MINE&#8221; — how Washington&#8217;s support of Tunisian President Ben Ali was not really strong, and that the US would not support the regime in the event of a popular uprising, they took to the streets.</p>
<p>Here is a sample of some of the other Wikileaks revelations that make the people of the world wiser:</p>
<ul>
<li>In 2009 Japanese diplomat Yukiya Amano became the new head of the International Atomic Energy Agency, which plays the leading role in the investigation of whether Iran is developing nuclear weapons or is working only on peaceful civilian nuclear energy projects. A US embassy cable of October 2009 said Amano &#8220;took pains to emphasize his support for U.S. strategic objectives for the Agency. Amano reminded the [American] ambassador on several occasions that &#8230; he was solidly in the U.S. court on every key strategic decision, from high-level personnel appointments to the handling of Iran&#8217;s alleged nuclear weapons program.&#8221;</li>
<li>Russia refuted US claims that Iran has missiles that could target Europe.</li>
<li>The British government&#8217;s official inquiry into how it got involved in the Iraq War was deeply compromised by the government&#8217;s pledge to protect the Bush administration in the course of the inquiry.</li>
<li>A discussion between Yemeni President Ali Abdullah Saleh and American Gen. David H. Petraeus in which Saleh indicated he would cover up the US role in missile strikes against al-Qaeda&#8217;s affiliate in Yemen. &#8220;We&#8217;ll continue saying the bombs are ours, not yours,&#8221; Saleh told Petraeus.</li>
<li>The US embassy in Madrid has had serious points of friction with the Spanish government and civil society: a) trying to get the criminal case dropped against three US soldiers accused of killing a Spanish television cameraman in Baghdad during a 2003 unprovoked US tank shelling of the hotel where he and other journalists were staying; b )torture cases brought by a Spanish NGO against six senior Bush administration officials, including former attorney general Alberto Gonzales; c) a Spanish government investigation into the torture of Spanish subjects held at Guantánamo; d) a probe by a Spanish court into the use of Spanish bases and airfields for American extraordinary rendition (= torture) flights; e )continual criticism of the Iraq war by Spanish Prime Minister Zapatero, who eventually withdrew Spanish troops.</li>
<li>State Department officials at the United Nations, as well as US diplomats in various embassies, were assigned to gather as much of the following information as possible about UN officials, including Secretary-General Ban Ki Moon, permanent security council representatives, senior UN staff, and foreign diplomats: e-mail and website addresses, internet user names and passwords, personal encryption keys, credit card numbers, frequent flyer account numbers, work schedules, and biometric data. US diplomats at the embassy in Asunción, Paraguay were asked to obtain dates, times and telephone numbers of calls received and placed by foreign diplomats from China, Iran and the Latin American leftist states of Cuba, Venezuela and Bolivia. US diplomats in Romania, Hungary and Slovenia were instructed to provide biometric information on &#8220;current and emerging leaders and advisers&#8221; as well as information about &#8220;corruption&#8221; and information about leaders&#8217; health and &#8220;vulnerability&#8221;. The UN directive also specifically asked for &#8220;biometric information on ranking North Korean diplomats&#8221;. A similar cable to embassies in the Great Lakes region of Africa said biometric data included DNA, as well as iris scans and fingerprints.</li>
<li>A special &#8220;Iran observer&#8221; in the Azerbaijan capital of Baku reported on a dispute that played out during a meeting of Iran&#8217;s Supreme National Security Council. An enraged Revolutionary Guard Chief of Staff, Mohammed Ali Jafari, allegedly got into a heated argument with Iranian president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and slapped him in the face because the generally conservative president had, surprisingly, advocated freedom of the press.</li>
<li>The State Department, virtually alone in the Western Hemisphere, did not unequivocally condemn a June 28, 2009 military coup in Honduras, even though an embassy cable declared: &#8220;there is no doubt that the military, Supreme Court and National Congress conspired on June 28 in what constituted an illegal and unconstitutional coup against the Executive Branch&#8221;. US support of the coup government has been unwavering ever since.</li>
<li>The leadership of the Swedish Social Democratic Party — neutral, pacifist, and liberal Sweden, so the long-standing myth goes — visited the US embassy in Stockholm and asked for advice on how best to sell the war in Afghanistan to a skeptical Swedish public, asking if the US could arrange for a member of the Afghan government to come visit Sweden and talk up NATO&#8217;s humanitarian efforts on behalf of Afghan children, and so forth. [For some years now Sweden has been, in all but name, a member of NATO and the persecutor of Julian Assange, the latter to please a certain Western power.]</li>
<li>The US pushed to influence Swedish wiretapping laws so communication passing through the Scandinavian country could be intercepted. The American interest was clear: Eighty per cent of all the internet traffic from Russia travels through Sweden.</li>
<li>President of the European Council Herman Van Rompuy told US embassy officials in Brussels in January 2010 that no one in Europe believed in Afghanistan anymore. He said Europe was going along in deference to the United States and that there must be results in 2010, or &#8220;Afghanistan is over for Europe.&#8221;</li>
<li>Iraqi officials saw Saudi Arabia, not Iran, as the biggest threat to the integrity and cohesion of their fledgling democratic state. The Iraqi leaders were keen to assure their American patrons that they could easily &#8220;manage&#8221; the Iranians, who wanted stability; but that the Saudis wanted a &#8220;weak and fractured&#8221; Iraq, and were even &#8220;fomenting terrorism that would destabilize the government&#8221;. The Saudi King, moreover, wanted a US military strike on Iran.</li>
<li>Saudi Arabia in 2007 threatened to pull out of a Texas oil refinery investment unless the US government intervened to stop Saudi Aramco from being sued in US courts for alleged oil price fixing. The deputy Saudi oil minister said that he wanted the US to grant Saudi Arabia sovereign immunity from lawsuits</li>
<li>Saudi donors were the chief financiers of Sunni militant groups like Al Qaeda, the Afghan Taliban, and Lashkar-e-Taiba, which carried out the 2008 Mumbai attacks.</li>
<li>Pfizer, the world&#8217;s largest pharmaceutical company, hired investigators to unearth evidence of corruption against the Nigerian attorney general in order to persuade him to drop legal action over a controversial 1996 drug trial involving children with meningitis.</li>
<li>Oil giant Shell claimed to have &#8220;inserted staff&#8221; and fully infiltrated Nigeria&#8217;s government.</li>
<li>The Obama administration renewed military ties with Indonesia in spite of serious concerns expressed by American diplomats about the Indonesian military&#8217;s activities in the province of West Papua, expressing fears that the Indonesian government&#8217;s neglect, rampant corruption and human rights abuses were stoking unrest in the region.</li>
<li>US officials collaborated with Lebanon&#8217;s defense minister to spy on, and allow Israel to potentially attack, Hezbollah in the weeks that preceded a violent May 2008 military confrontation in Beirut.</li>
<li>Gabon president Omar Bongo allegedly pocketed millions in embezzled funds from central African states, channeling some of it to French political parties in support of Nicolas Sarkozy.</li>
<li>Cables from the US embassy in Caracas in 2006 asked the US Secretary of State to warn President Hugo Chávez against a Venezuelan military intervention to defend the Cuban revolution in the eventuality of an American invasion after Castro&#8217;s death.</li>
<li>The United States was concerned that the leftist Latin American television network, Telesur, headquartered in Venezuela, would collaborate with al Jazeera of Qatar, whose coverage of the Iraq War had gotten under the skin of the Bush administration.</li>
<li>The Vatican told the United States it wanted to undermine the influence of Venezuelan president Hugo Chávez in Latin America because of concerns about the deterioration of Catholic power there. It feared that Chávez was seriously damaging relations between the Catholic church and the state by identifying the church hierarchy in Venezuela as part of the privileged class.</li>
<li>The Holy See welcomed President Obama&#8217;s new outreach to Cuba and hoped for further steps soon, perhaps to include prison visits for the wives of the Cuban Five. Better US-Cuba ties would deprive Hugo Chávez of one of his favorite screeds and could help restrain him in the region.</li>
<li>The wonderful world of diplomats: In 2010, UK Prime Minister Gordon Brown raised with Secretary of State Hillary Clinton the question of visas for two wives of members of the &#8220;Cuban Five&#8221;. &#8220;Brown requested that the wives (who have previously been refused visas to visit the U.S.) be granted visas so that they could visit their husbands in prison. &#8230; Our subsequent queries to Number 10 indicate that Brown made this request as a result of a commitment that he had made to UK trade unionists, who form part of the Labour Party&#8217;s core constituency. Now that the request has been made, Brown does not intend to pursue this matter further. There is no USG action required.&#8221;</li>
<li>UK Officials concealed from Parliament how the US was allowed to bring cluster bombs onto British soil in defiance of a treaty banning the housing of such weapons.</li>
<li>A cable was sent by an official at the US Interests Section in Havana in July 2006, during the run-up to the Non-Aligned Movement conference. He noted that he was actively looking for &#8220;human interest stories and other news that shatters the myth of Cuban medical prowess&#8221;. [Presumably to be used to weaken support for Cuba amongst the member nations at the conference.]</li>
<li>Most of the men sent to Guantánamo prison were innocent people or low-level operatives; many of the innocent individuals were sold to the US for bounty.</li>
<li>DynCorp, a powerful American defense contracting firm that claims almost $2 billion per year in revenue from US tax dollars, threw a &#8220;boy-play&#8221; party for Afghan police recruits. (Yes, it&#8217;s what you think.)</li>
<li>Even though the Bush and Obama Administrations repeatedly maintained publicly that there was no official count of civilian casualties, the Iraq and Afghanistan War Logs showed that this claim was untrue.</li>
<li>Known Egyptian torturers received training at the FBI Academy in Quantico, Virginia.</li>
<li>The United States put great pressure on the Haitian government to not go ahead with various projects, with no regard for the welfare of the Haitian people. A 2005 cable stressed continued US insistence that all efforts must be made to keep former president Jean-Bertrand Aristide, whom the United States had overthrown the previous year, from returning to Haiti or influencing the political process. In 2006, Washington&#8217;s target was President René Préval for his agreeing to a deal with Venezuela to join Caracas&#8217;s Caribbean oil alliance, PetroCaribe, under which Haiti would buy oil from Venezuela, paying only 60 percent up front with the remainder payable over twenty-five years at 1 percent interest. And in 2009, the State Department backed American corporate opposition to an increase in the minimum wage for Haitian workers, the poorest paid in the Western Hemisphere.</li>
<li>The United States used threats, spying, and more to try to get its way at the crucial 2009 climate conference in Copenhagen.</li>
<li>Mahmoud Abbas, president of The Palestinian National Authority, and head of the Fatah movement, turned to Israel for help in attacking Hamas in Gaza in 2007.</li>
<li>The British government trained a Bangladeshi paramilitary force condemned by human rights organisations as a &#8220;government death squad&#8221;.</li>
<li>A US military order directed American forces not to investigate cases of torture of detainees by Iraqis.</li>
<li>The US was involved in the Australian government&#8217;s 2006 campaign to oust Solomon Islands Prime Minister Manasseh Sogavare.</li>
<li>A 2009 US cable said that police brutality in Egypt against common criminals was routine and pervasive, the police using force to extract confessions from criminals on a daily basis.</li>
<li>US diplomats pressured the German government to stifle the prosecution of CIA operatives who abducted and tortured Khalid El-Masri, a German citizen. [El-Masri was kidnaped by the CIA while on vacation in Macedonia on December 31, 2003. He was flown to a torture center in Afghanistan, where he was beaten, starved, and sodomized. The US government released him on a hilltop in Albania five months later without money or the means to go home.]</li>
<li>2005 cable re &#8220;widespread severe torture&#8221; by India, the widely-renowned &#8220;world&#8217;s largest democracy&#8221;: The International Committee of the Red Cross reported: &#8220;The continued ill-treatment of detainees, despite longstanding ICRC-GOI [Government of India] dialogue, have led the ICRC to conclude that New Delhi condones torture.&#8221; Washington was briefed on this matter by the ICRC years ago. What did the United States, one of the world&#8217;s leading practitioners and teachers of torture in the past century, do about it? American leaders, including the present ones, continued to speak warmly of &#8220;the world&#8217;s largest democracy&#8221;; as if torture and one of the worst rates of poverty and child malnutrition in the world do not contradict the very idea of democracy.</li>
<li>The United States overturned a ban on training the Indonesian Kopassus army special forces — despite the Kopassus&#8217;s long history of arbitrary detention, torture and murder — after the Indonesian President threatened to derail President Obama&#8217;s trip to the country in November 2010.</li>
<li>Since at least 2006 the United States has been funding political opposition groups in Syria, including a satellite TV channel that beams anti-government programming into the country.</li>
</ul>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/03/the-saga-of-bradley-manning-julian-assange-and-wikileaks-to-be-put-to-ballad-and-film-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Indefinite Detention, Spy Drones, and More</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/02/indefinite-detention-spy-drones-and-more/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/02/indefinite-detention-spy-drones-and-more/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 Feb 2012 16:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nicole Troxell</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Animal Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Argentina]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Assassinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crimes against Humanity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drones]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage/"Intelligence"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FBI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mercenaries]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uruguay]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Whistleblowing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wikileaks]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=42381</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The military strategies of the School of the Americas, used for decades to support dictators and block political opposition in Latin America, are now being applied to repress and punish dissenters in the U.S. Even as opposition rises to the school’s human rights abuses south of the border, Congress and President Obama are modeling the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The military strategies of the School of the Americas, used for decades to support dictators and block political opposition in Latin America, are now being applied to repress and punish dissenters in the U.S. Even as opposition rises to the school’s human rights abuses south of the border, Congress and President Obama are modeling the same line of attack, with expanded military tactics against U.S. citizens and other residents.</p>
<p><strong>The School for Murder</strong></p>
<p>The Western Hemisphere Institute for Security Cooperation (WHINSEC), formerly called the School of the Americas (SOA), is a combat training institute for Latin American soldiers located in Fort Benning, Ga. The school came to media attention in 1996 after the Pentagon unveiled a curriculum that advocated execution, extortion, and torture.</p>
<p>SOA’s name change to WHINSEC in 2001 was made after numerous protests in the U.S. and Latin America exposed its violent character. Yet there is no evidence that WHINSEC practices are different from the violent past of the SOA.</p>
<p>For instance, although the U.S. officially “deplored” the 2009 overthrow of the democratically elected president of Honduras, it was WHINSEC graduates who spearheaded the ousting. Honduran pro-democracy resistance groups say that today SOA/WHINSEC graduates prop up an administration that increasingly represses human rights activists, journalists, and social movements.</p>
<p>SOA boasted on its Web site that it had “defeated” many critics of the school who identified with Marxist Liberation Theology. Graduates certainly murdered prominent advocates of that philosophy. Some instructors’ duties include repression of socialist parties; Lt. Col. German Barriga in Chile was implicated in the 1976 disappearance of the Chilean Communist Party leader Jorge Muñoz, who was never found.</p>
<p>Since the 1970s, atrocities by SOA students have rapidly multiplied. Violent political repression is common from attendees. Ample information has been gathered by SOA Watch, available at <em>www.soaw.org</em>.</p>
<p>But there has been no serious attempt by Congress to close down the school despite its bloody record.</p>
<p><strong>SOA-style Political Repression in the USA </strong></p>
<p>Instead of closing the school, the U.S. is increasingly copying SOA/WHINSEC strategies to quell domestic political dissent. Consider the Patriot Act of 2001. Antiwar activists, Muslims, and other dissidents were among the most targeted victims of the ensuing FBI raids, spying, and civil liberties violations. The act has been renewed every time it is slated to expire.</p>
<p>Then there is the military’s Total Information Awareness program to amass huge databases of information on all U.S. residents. Even though it was shut down, a congressional report concluded that the program has continued under other names.</p>
<p>Documents recently uncovered through the Freedom of Information Act reveal that the FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force investigated activists who revealed abuse of animals on factory farms. The animal rights protesters entered properties, and videotaped and publicized the awful conditions. The report states that although the acts were a form of nonviolent civil disobedience, they were a violation of the <em>Animal Enterprise Terrorism Act</em>, and agents recommended prosecutions for terrorism. So causing a corporation economic losses due to protest is now to be treated as an act of terrorism!</p>
<p>Democrats and Republicans are accomplices in squelching political opposition. For example, both parties have restricted protests at their national conventions to distant “free speech zones.” With the help of the FBI and Obama’s Attorney General, Eric Holder, the 2008 Republican National Convention has resulted in grand jury witch-hunts and the prosecution of antiwar activists who organized rallies.</p>
<p>The 2010 arrest of Bradley Manning shows the looming threat of a police state for whistle blowers. Pfc. Manning was charged for allegedly sharing documentation of war crimes in Iraq and Afghanistan with the information-sharing Web site Wikileaks. Manning was held in solitary confinement for months, prompting worldwide outrage.</p>
<p><strong>The War on Dissent Ramps Up</strong></p>
<p>On December 31, Obama signed into law a bill that allows preventive detention of “terrorist suspects” on U.S. soil. Under the <em>National Defense Authorization Act</em>, the military has the power to hold indefinitely any person considered a “threat to national security.” Suspects, including U.S. citizens, can be detained <em>in secret without trial, knowledge of the charges against them, or legal counsel</em>. The law gives the military new authority to act against civilians inside the country.</p>
<p>December 2011 also marked the first time Predator drones were used in the U.S. against civilians (except at the border). Drones are unmanned, remotely controlled military aircraft. They were originally introduced in combat in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, to conduct spying and fire missiles.</p>
<p>Drones were originally approved for the Customs and Border Protection Agency in 2005 with little publicity. A neglected provision in the Customs and Border budget request to Congress stipulated that drones could be used for “interior law enforcement support,” which made them available to police without new laws or regulations, discussion or debate.</p>
<p>AeroVironment, Inc., the leading producer of small drones, stated in their 2011 Annual Report that future profits are likely to come from domestic use.</p>
<p>Federal agents continue to spy on, and raid the homes of, antiwar activists and those in the Muslim community. There has been a nationally coordinated effort to evict, often-violently, demonstrators across the country staying in Occupy movement encampments.</p>
<p><strong>Fighting State Terror Tactics</strong></p>
<p>Bills have been introduced in Congress to end SOA/WHINSEC, as well as to make the instructors and curriculum transparent. Protests take place every year at Fort Benning to expose the school’s destructive role in Latin America and call for shutting it down.</p>
<p>Public pressure in Argentina, Bolivia, Uruguay, and Venezuela resulted in pledges by these governments to stop sending students to the school and a strong movement is underway in Chile to demand the same.</p>
<p>It is past time for similar protests of School of the Americas-type tactics in the U.S. SOA/WHINSEC, the FBI, Republicans, Democrats, and corporations are linked together in their ambition to extinguish political dissent. A coalition of labor, Occupy, antiwar, environmental and animal rights activists engaged in a united fight can destroy the police/military policies and profit driven system that dictate our lives.</p>
<p>• This article was first published at <a href="http://www.socialism.com/drupal-6.8/?q=node/5"><em>Freedom Socialist </em>newspaper</a>, Vol. 33, No. 1, February-March 2012</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/02/indefinite-detention-spy-drones-and-more/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Decline &#8220;Friend&#8221; Request: Social Media Meets 21st Century Statecraft in Latin America</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/01/decline-friend-request-social-media-meets-21st-century-statecraft-in-latin-america/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/01/decline-friend-request-social-media-meets-21st-century-statecraft-in-latin-america/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2012 16:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Cyril Mychalejko</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ALBA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CIA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ecuador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Egypt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage/"Intelligence"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Propaganda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science/Technology]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Aung San Suu Kyi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Flickr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[occupy movement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Twitter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wael Ghonim]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[YouTube]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=41366</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A Senate report released in October 2011 urging the US government to expand the use of social media as a foreign policy tool in Latin America offers another warning for activists seduced by the idea of technology and social media as an indispensable tool for social change. In this past year as the world witnessed [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A Senate report released in October 2011 urging the US government to expand the use of social media as a foreign policy tool in Latin America offers another warning for activists seduced by the idea of technology and social media as an indispensable tool for social change.</p>
<p>In this past year as the world witnessed uprisings from <a href="http://www.wired.com/threatlevel/2011/11/chile-students/">Santiago</a> to <a href="http://www.towardfreedom.com/activism/2637-this-changes-everything-how-the-99-woke-up">Zuccotti Park</a> to <a href="http://pulsemedia.org/2011/04/09/the-arab-awakening/">Tahrir Square</a>, social media has been lauded as a weapon of mass mobilization. Paul Mason, a BBC correspondent, wrote in his new book published this month <a href="http://www.versobooks.com/books/1075-why-its-kicking-off-everywhere">Why It&#8217;s Kicking Off Everywhere: The New Global Revolutions</a>, (excerpted in the <em><a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/jan/03/how-the-revolution-went-viral">Guardian</a></em>) that this new communications technology was a “crucial” contributing factor to these revolutionary times. Nobel peace laureate and Burmese human rights campaigner, Aung San Suu Kyi, <a href="http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/technology-revolution-is-key-to--fight-for-democracy-says-aung-san-suu-kyi-2300287.html">pointed out</a> in a lecture in June that this “communications revolution&#8230;not only enabled [Tunisians] to better organize and co-ordinate their movements, it kept the attention of the whole world firmly focused on them.” CNN even ran <a href="http://articles.cnn.com/2011-02-24/tech/facebook.revolution_1_facebook-wael-ghonim-social-media?_s=PM:TECH">an article</a> comparing Facebook to “democracy in action”, while Wael Ghonim, the Google executive who was imprisoned in Egypt for starting a Facebook page told <a href="http://cnn.com/video/data/2.0/video/bestoftv/2011/02/11/exp.ghonim.facebook.thanks.cnn.html">Wolf Blitzer</a> that the revolution in Egypt “started on Facebook” and that he wanted to “meet Mark Zuckerberg some day and thank him personally.”</p>
<p>While the positive contributions of technology to social movements and uprisings have been been amply noted, if not overstated, more attention needs to be paid to the intrinsic dangers looming in the co-optation of this technology-driven networking, specifically by Washington, but by other repressive governments as well.</p>
<p>Clay Shirkey, professor of New Media at New York University, wrote in the January/February 2011 issue of <em><a href="http://www.gpia.info/files/u1392/Shirky_Political_Poewr_of_Social_Media.pdf%20">Foreign Affairs</a></em> that “the state is gaining increasingly sophisticated means of monitoring, interdicting, or co-opting these tools.”</p>
<p><strong>The Dangers of Digital Diplomacy</strong><strong></strong></p>
<p>The Senate report, “<a href="http://lugar.senate.gov/issues/foreign/lac/lacsocialmedia.pdf">Latin American Governments Need to &#8216;Friend&#8217; Social Media and Technology</a>” was written at the request of U.S. Senator Richard G. Lugar (R-IN) in order to assess the U.S. Department of State’s use of digital diplomacy.</p>
<p>“Despite Latin America’s broad social and economic progress, many countries in the region still face challenges to democracy similar to those recently seen in the Middle East,” wrote Lugar in the introduction to the report. “In the extreme cases, countries like Venezuela, Cuba, and Nicaragua are led by authoritarian leaders who curtail civil and political freedoms.”</p>
<p>The report urges improving internet infrastructure in the region, along with expanding the use of social media such as Facebook and Twitter as essential in order to advance Washington&#8217;s foreign policy interests. This is also identified as a way to reassert Washington&#8217;s influence in a part of the world where it has been perceived to be waning since the Bush Administration and the subsequent rise of center-left governments in the region.</p>
<p>“In particular, the characteristics of Latin American social media use and engagement of connectivity resources&#8230;indicate that this area could be primed for substantial positive change in a manner similar in nature, if not in process, to that recently observed in the Middle East,” the report states.</p>
<p>The right-leaning journal <em><a href="http://www.americasquarterly.org/node/2946">Americas Quarterly</a> </em>praises this “smart idea” calling it “an innovative strategy to advance U.S. goals”, one of them being the need to “ramp up our data collection and research on the impact of social media and technology on fostering democracy in the region, particularly Venezuela.”</p>
<p>This all falls under what has been dubbed <a href="http://www.state.gov/statecraft/overview/index.htm">21st Century Statecraft</a>, the brainchild of Secretary of State Hillary Clinton.</p>
<p>&#8220;Traditional forms of diplomacy still dominate, but 21st-century statecraft is not mere corporate re-branding—swapping tweets for broadcasts. It represents a shift in form and in strategy—a way to amplify traditional diplomatic efforts, develop tech-based policy solutions and encourage cyberactivism,” explains the <em><a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2010/07/18/magazine/18web2-0-t.html">New York Times</a></em> in a July 2010 article.</p>
<p>Described as a “marriage of Silicon Valley and the State Department,” Washington has turned to “Software engineers, entrepreneurs and tech C.E.O.’s&#8230;to think of unconventional ways to shore up democracy and spur development” abroad.</p>
<p>“On their own, new technologies do not take sides in the struggle for freedom and progress, but the United States does,” said Clinton in a <a href="http://www.state.gov/secretary/rm/2010/01/135519.htm">speech on internet freedom</a> in January 2010.</p>
<p>In August 2011 the <a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/national/on-innovations/how-klout-could-change-americas-image-abroad/2011/08/22/gIQAso0NWJ_story.html%20"><em>Washington Post</em> </a>reported findings by the <a href="http://www.lowyinstitute.org/Publication.asp?pid=1432">Lowy Institute for International Policy</a> which show that U.S. State Department officials now operate some 230 Facebook accounts, 80 Twitter feeds, 55 YouTube channels and 40 pages on Flickr.</p>
<p>But Judith McHale, former under secretary for Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs at the State Department, gave a more honest assessment in March 2011 of what&#8217;s driving the State Department&#8217;s new initiative, stripped of the flowery and misleading language of freedom and democracy.</p>
<p>“New media and connective technologies enhance our ability to listen&#8230;Social media provides new ways for us to keep our ear to the ground,” <a href="http://www.state.gov/r/remarks/2011/159355.htm">said McHale</a>. “Of course, we are not interested in developing social media platforms for the sake of having them. We are interested in applying social media to promote our strategic objectives in the Americas.”</p>
<p>But as <a href="http://motherjones.com/media/2006/05/latin-american-roots-us-imperialism">history has shown</a>, Washington&#8217;s strategic interests are often antithetical to freedom and human rights. And it is naïve to think that the State Department would be conducting this form of diplomacy in “a principled and <a href="http://www.gpia.info/files/u1392/Shirky_Political_Poewr_of_Social_Media.pdf">regime-neutral</a> fashion,” as intellectual apologists like <a href="http://whyy.org/cms/radiotimes/2011/09/26/foreign-policy-debate-with-anne-marie-slaughter-daniel-drezner/">Anne-Marie Slaughter</a> may profess. And in Latin America, ALBA (Bolivarian Alliance for the Americas) countries are undoubtedly in Washington&#8217;s cross-hairs.</p>
<p>During a June 30, 2011 Senate hearing,<a href="http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CHRG-112shrg68242/html/CHRG-112shrg68242.htm">“The State of Democracy in the Americas”</a>, Senator Lugar asked Roberta Jacobson, the Deputy Assistant Secretary of State in the Bureau of the Western Hemisphere at the time, to name programs specifically targeting ALBA countries. Jackson noted in her answer that the “Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor has programs that support media training in Bolivia, Nicaragua, Venezuela, and Ecuador; these programs address the use and impact of social media, along with traditional topics such as independent journalism, investigative reporting, and overcoming self-censorship.”</p>
<p>All of these countries have democratically-elected governments, and while they all are struggling in varying ways to build stronger democratic institutions and to translate democratic rhetoric into functioning policy, Washington&#8217;s meddling in internal affairs through 21st Century Statecraft is dangerous for social movements and democratic activists.</p>
<p><strong>The</strong> <strong>Social Networking Counterinsurgency</strong><strong><br />
</strong><br />
On February 3, 2011 the Senate held a hearing examining US intelligence agencies&#8217; alleged lack of anticipation of the uprisings in Egypt. Afterwards, Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.), chairman of the Intelligence Committee, said “she was particularly concerned that the CIA and other agencies had ignored open-source intelligence on the protests, a reference to posts on Facebook and other publicly accessible Web sites used by organizers of the protests against the Mubarak government,” <a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2011/02/03/AR2011020305388.html?hpid=topnews">t</a><a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2011/02/03/AR2011020305388.html?hpid=topnews">he <em>Washington Post</em></a> reported. The CIA has an <a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2011/11/04/cia-open-source-center_n_1075827.html%20">Open Source Center</a>, where analysts based in a headquarters in an undisclosed location in Virginia, along with analysts in working in U.S. Embassies (“to get a step closer to their subjects”) throughout the world monitor as many as millions of tweets per day, along with Facebook updates and other open source media outlets.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2011/07/darpa-wants-social-media-sensor-for-propaganda-ops/">Wired </a>Magazine reported in July that the Pentagon&#8217;s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) unveiled its <a href="https://www.fbo.gov/index?s=opportunity&amp;mode=form&amp;id=6ef12558b44258382452fcf02942396a&amp;tab=core&amp;_cview=0">Social Media in Strategic Communication (SMISC)</a> program. Wired&#8217;s Adam Rawnsley points out:</p>
<blockquote><p>It’s an attempt to get better at both detecting and conducting propaganda campaigns on social media. SMISC has two goals. First, the program needs to help the military better understand what’s going on in social media in real time — particularly in areas where troops are deployed. Second, Darpa wants SMISC to help the military play the social media propaganda game itself&#8230;SMISC is supposed to quickly flag rumors and emerging themes on social media, figure out who’s behind it and what.</p></blockquote>
<p>Furthermore, the military solicited contracts for the development of software to create fake Facebook personas, to be “replete with background, history, supporting details, and cyber presences that are technically, culturally and geographically consistent,” the <a href="http://www.rawstory.com/rs/2011/02/18/revealed-air-force-ordered-software-to-manage-army-of-fake-virtual-people/">Raw Story</a> reported in February. Private security contractor HB Gary has already been exposed for doing such a thing on behalf of the US Chamber of Commerce as a way to “infiltrate left-leaning groups” in the country, as <a href="http://thinkprogress.org/politics/2011/08/18/298081/hbgary-federal-us-chamber-persona/?mobile=nc">ThinkProgress</a> revealed last year courtesy of 75,000 private company emails provided by the hactivst group <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anonymous_%28group%29">Anonymous</a>.</p>
<p>These strategies are particularly cynical given the following passage from Lugar&#8217;s Senate report:</p>
<blockquote><p>Collaborators of President Hugo Chavez in Venezuela recently hacked the Twitter accounts of opposition activists. Staff strongly believes that this example indicates how policy needs to take into consideration the extent repressive governments will take to silence democratic voices using this technology.</p></blockquote>
<p>What officials seem to be saying is: never-mind what happens in this country. The fact that the <a href="http://epic.org/2011/12/epic-sues-dhs-over-covert-surv.html">Department of Homeland Security</a> is <a href="https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2011/08/mexican-newspaper-uncovers-systemic-monitoring">monitoring</a> “social media sites, blogs, and forums throughout the world” isn&#8217;t important. And while US corporations are <a href="http://topics.bloomberg.com/wired-for-repression/">selling surveillance systems</a> to repressive regimes, that&#8217;s just the free-market supply and demand economics at work.</p>
<p>And even if, “What elevated the [Occupy Wall Street] activism to a national and global movement, though, was the sophisticated and widespread use of social media,” as Betty Yu, national organizer at the Center for Media Justice, <a href="http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=4440">wrote</a> last month, these same tools can, and are, being used to monitor, undermine and co-opt these and similar movements.</p>
<p>So if Washington approaches Latin American governments with aid for internet infrastructure and training, citizens and governments should approach this as a very loaded Trojan Horse.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/01/decline-friend-request-social-media-meets-21st-century-statecraft-in-latin-america/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>To be Consequent as an Internationalist New Year 2012</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/01/to-be-consequent-as-an-internationalist-new-year-2012/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/01/to-be-consequent-as-an-internationalist-new-year-2012/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2012 16:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ron Ridenour</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ALBA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Boycott]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Brazil]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Communism/Marxism/Maoism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cuba]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Denmark]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ecuador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Genocide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Libya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mercenaries]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NATO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pakistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Resistance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Socialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Solidarity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spain]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Lanka]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tunisia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Unions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uruguay]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wikileaks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zionism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bradley Manning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Castro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Che]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coca-Cola]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[internationalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jean-Bertrand Aristide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Julian Assange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mohammed Bouazizi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Muntazar al-Zaidi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[occupy movement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tamils]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=40861</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[(Expanded speech written for “Message from the Grass Roots” conference held December 10, 2011 at Carpenters Union—TIB—in Valby, Denmark. Herein are many wars and liberation struggles from Afghanistan and Iraq, Pakistan, Palestine, over to Haiti and Honduras, to Sri Lanka-Tamils, to the pro-liberation and anti-capitalist movements in the Arabic world, in Chile, at OWS and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>(Expanded speech written for “Message from the Grass Roots” conference held December 10, 2011 at Carpenters Union—TIB—in Valby, Denmark. Herein are many wars and liberation struggles from Afghanistan and Iraq, Pakistan, Palestine, over to Haiti and Honduras, to Sri Lanka-Tamils, to the pro-liberation and anti-capitalist movements in the Arabic world, in Chile, at OWS and spreading throughout the US and into some of Europe, sparking Russians.)</p>
<p><strong><em></em></strong><em>“To be internationalist is to pay our debt to humanity” </em>says Fidel Castro and this can be read on many billboards in Cuba.</p>
<p>What is internationalism?—cooperation among people and nations, states my dictionary. The book of definitions maintains that internationalism is a principle of communism and socialism. It is the belief of ideological leaders such as Lenin, Fidel and Che.</p>
<p>Che wrote in his essay, “Socialism and Man”, that proletarian internationalism isn’t just a duty but a necessity. If revolutionary leaders forget this, Che wrote, the revolution will lose its inspiration and imperialism will benefit.</p>
<p>Che was also known for having severely criticized Soviet Union leadership for having lost its internationalism with the world’s proletariat and the Third World. Following up on Che’s critique, I find it important to criticize communist and socialist parties, and governments led by these parties, which let down people who are oppressed by, or invaded by, national or foreign powers.</p>
<p><strong>Internationalism in action</strong></p>
<p>1. Internationalists must support resistance fighters against invasions. Therefore, one must chastise political parties and groups that give political or moral support to those who call themselves the Iraq Communist Party as it is part of the Quisling government the USA terrorist state set in. ICP leaders live side by side the invaders in the Green Zone. That there are organizations in the United States, UK, Denmark and elsewhere, which call themselves communist or socialist parties and that cooperate with the world’s greatest terrorist state is incomprehensible, shameful, immoral and anti-internationalist.</p>
<p>2. The same applies to people who still support the Zionist state of Israel, which commits genocide against the Palestinian people. Millions of decent people have gotten together to support Palestinians in many ways, including Ships to Gaza. In Denmark, four groups of people have challenged the state’s terrorist laws by donating solidarity aid to the secular leftist PFLP which is part of the Palestinian resistance. Rebellion (Denmark), Fighters and Lovers, Horserød-Stuthoff Association (veterans of WWII resistance fighters imprisoned in Horserød and Stuthoff prisons), and TIB’s club (local carpenters near Copenhagen) have aided both PFLP and FARC, Colombian armed liberation movement.</p>
<p>3. Internationalist can not cooperate with US-NATO aggressive wars, which always have the goal of controlling that country’s economy and politics for capitalist profits. It is shameful that many experienced socialists and communists, as well as naïve progressive people, have backed up West’s big capitalist plans to take over Libya, and thus have bombed Libya back to the stone age. Denmark was one of only six countries that dropped tens of thousands of bombs on Libya, destroying much of it infrastructure, schools, hospitals…In fact, Denmark dropped more bombs on Libya than it has on any other country in its history, Afghanistan included. And the pilots were cowards as there was no resistance by Libya’s air force, already decimated.</p>
<p>This conflict has little to do with the Arab Spring movement. It is a conflict between internal war lords, with ordinary people involved who wished to increase democracy but who were misled by US-NATO whose forces seek to control Libya’s oil and avoid a gold-based currency that Gaddafi was promoting amongst all African countries. Now, US-NATO has placed a lackey government in Tripoli just as they did in Afghanistan and Iraq.</p>
<p>4. Internationalists must also criticize comrade governments, such as Cuba and ALBA governments in Latin America, when they make big mistakes regarding internationalism. We can’t be true comrades-solidarity activists by keeping our mouths shut when this occurs. Such is the case with their support of the brutal government of Sri Lanka, which practices genocide against the minority Tamil population. Ever since independence from Great Britain, in 1947, the majority Sinhalese governments and chauvinist Buddhist monk system has discriminated against Tamils. They have constantly been treated as second class citizens, their language and religions relegated to secondary status without national recognition. Even pogroms have been employed with the brutal murder of many thousands on various occasions. And since May 2009, following the end of a 26-year civil war, ethnic cleansing in the traditional Tamil homeland in the north and eastern areas is the rule of the day.</p>
<p>Cuba and ALBA have spoken only positively of their historic ties with the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM), to which Sri Lanka is a member, but so are 130 other nations. One cannot, in the name of protecting each nation’s sovereignty, avoid critique when one or more of these nations oppresses or conducts pogroms and genocide against part of the population. Nor can we accept as an excuse the immoral geo-political game that nearly all governments of whatever color play.</p>
<p>We shall also criticize Bolivia, Uruguay, Brazil and other Latin American progressive governments for helping the US and France in their ouster of the only decent and only democratically elected people’s president in Haiti’s history, Jean-Bertrand Aristide. These Latin American governments actually assist the US’s 2004 <em>coup d´état</em> against Aristide by placing occupying troops in the small country, seeking to dampen the people’s anger. These progressive governments should, instead, back up the people’s desire to bring their president back to state power, just as they sought to do for President Zelaya in Honduras where national capitalists and generals kicked him out of office, with background support once again by the United States government.</p>
<p>5. On the personal and organizational plain, internationalism operates when workers of a major firm ask people to boycott a product because of the mistreatment of the workers by the firm. This is the case with Coca-Cola whose workers in Colombia asked us to stop buying the “drink of the death squad” (David Rovics song), because it hires mercenaries to murder workers who seek to organize a union and struggle for collective bargaining. Workers in other countries, such as Guatemala, and farmers in India have asked the same.</p>
<p>It is with joy that I can state that here where we gather (carpenters’ hall in Valby, Denmark), this union is one of the few local unions and political or grass roots groups in Denmark that has boycotted Coca-Cola. This is something any and all individuals can do. It is just a soda drink. So drink something else. Boycotting Coca-Cola is just like boycotting all products from Israel and Sri Lanka. It is a simple act of solidarity, of internationalism.</p>
<p>Charlotte and I have just returned from a six week trip in India where two of my books (“Tamil Nation in Sri Lanka” and “Sounds of Venezuela”) were published by New Century Book House, Tamil Nadu. The Tamil book concerns the history and contemporary life of the Tamil people in that island-nation, and the need to act in solidarity with them. The Venezuela short book concerns this people’s efforts to create a better world for themselves and solidarity with all peoples. When people asked us where we are from we often replied that we are “internationalists”. Interestingly, many Indians understood our meaning and were pleased to think in terms of being brothers and sisters in the world.</p>
<p>This concept, and feeling, of brotherly love, of internationalism has taken off in a bigger way, in 2011, than in many decades. It started in Tunisia, and has expanded to the <em>indignados </em>in Spain, to the anti-capitalists in Wall Street and in hundreds of cities throughout the US and the West.</p>
<p>We have much to criticize and yet much to be glad for as 2012 opens. We must remember and appreciate those who set us off on this new anti-capitalist/anti-imperialist, non-violent and democratic revolution—from the martyr in Tunisia (street vendor Mohammed Bouazizi) and his Iraqi spiritual brother a bit earlier, shoe-thrower Muntazar al-Zaidi, to Occupy Wall Street protestors to Bradley Manning and Julian Assange and co-workers at Wikileaks, who helped spark it all by blowing the whistle on the war criminals. These modern-day Paris Commune resisters without arms—OWS and Occupy the World—are growing and they are presenting a vision and with it a program-in-discussion that must be studied and supported.</p>
<p>Internationalism is an endless struggle, an endless challenge. It does not end even when one or more of our political parties take over the governing reigns. We activists from the streets must always keep our wary eyes pinned on the leaders, regardless of their names, just as our clear eyes cast light upon humanity’s future.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2012/01/to-be-consequent-as-an-internationalist-new-year-2012/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Welcome Home, Manuel Noriega</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/12/welcome-home-manuel-noriega/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/12/welcome-home-manuel-noriega/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2011 16:01:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Macaray</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[CIA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drug Wars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage/"Intelligence"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panama]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=40147</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[On December 11, Manuel Noriega—the 77-year old ex-general, ex-Panamanian dictator, and ex-CIA employee—returned home to face additional charges, after having already served more than 17 years in a U.S. prison for drug trafficking, and two years in a French prison for money laundering.  Noriega was captured by the U.S. army in 1989, in what was, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On December 11, Manuel Noriega—the 77-year old ex-general, ex-Panamanian dictator, and ex-CIA employee—returned home to face additional charges, after having already served more than 17 years in a U.S. prison for drug trafficking, and two years in a French prison for money laundering.  Noriega was captured by the U.S. army in 1989, in what was, at the time, the biggest military operation since Vietnam.</p>
<p>Invading a foreign country to kidnap one of its citizens, even one as notorious as Noriega, is a clear violation of international law.  Just imagine America’s response if we had declared Serbia’s Slobodan Milosevic a friend (instead of a war criminal), and given him asylum in the U.S., only to have a group of Bosnian commandos shoot their way into his compound, snatch him up and, in the name of justice, take him back to Bosnia to face charges.  It would have been an outrage.</p>
<p>Following George H. W. Bush’s Dec. 20, 1989, invasion of Panama, the General Assembly of the United Nations voted 75-20 (with 40 abstentions) to condemn the act as a flagrant violation of international law.  Predictably, the U.S. more or less sloughed off the condemnation.  When the shoe is on the other foot, America has an unfortunate history of swapping principle for expediency. Indeed, the only two countries in the world who expect to get away with this double-standard seems to be the U.S. and Israel.</p>
<p>But back to Noriega.  Over the years, starting when I was doing research on the Medallin cartel, I’d developed an interest in Noriega (who was paid by Pablo Escobar to safeguard Colombian cocaine shipments through Panama, and paid by the CIA to help destabilize Latin American regimes).  I hoped to do a magazine article on him.  In fact, I’d flirted with the idea of doing a semi-comic piece on Manuel Noriega, Moammar Gadaffi, and Jack Abramoff—entitled “Manny, Moe, and Jack.”</p>
<p>In early 2007, amid reports that Noriega was in danger of being extradited to France, I tried to get an interview with him.  All I really had to go on was Noriega’s current residence (the Florida Correctional Institution, in Miami) and the e-mail address of his Miami attorney, Frank Rubino.</p>
<p>I e-mailed Rubino at his office, and, luckily, he answered back almost immediately.  I asked him two questions:  (1) Would Noriega agree to be interviewed (either by letter or face to face)? and (2) Does he speak or read English?</p>
<p>Rubino told me that while he couldn’t definitely say whether or not Noriega would agree to an interview, he seriously doubted it.  Apparently, Noriega had already received hundreds of requests for interviews and, as far as Rubino knew, had refused all of them.  As to the second question, Noriega didn’t read English, so we’d have to correspond in Spanish.  Rubino was kind enough to include Noriega’s mailing address.</p>
<p>Brushing up on my Spanish, and having a friend proof-read the final draft, I sent Noriega a brief letter, leading with the salutation, “Estimado General.”  Basically, in about 70 words, I presented my credentials and outlined my modest project.  Alas, that’s where the story ends.  He never wrote back.  Despite his attempts to avoid extradition, Noriega was eventually turned over to French authorities.</p>
<p>It’s stunning how inconsistently and unfairly justice is meted out.  Having already served nearly 20 years in the U.S. and France, Noriega will likely spend the rest of his life in a Panama prison.  No one is suggesting he’s innocent, or that he’s a splendid fellow, but until the U.S. demonized him as an “enemy of the state,” he worked for our government.  Dan White murders Harvey Milk and George Moscone, and serves less than two years, and Rod Blagojevich, who kills no one, is sentenced to 14 years.</p>
<p>And if we stick only with dictators, a reputed tyrant like “Baby Doc” Duvalier gets to return to Haiti without spending a single day in jail (at least so far).  It makes you wonder if Noriega is being moved from prison to prison in order to keep him from revealing what he knew about CIA activities in Latin America.  If that’s the case, then Baby Doc deserves credit.  He was smart enough to steer clear of American spooks.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/12/welcome-home-manuel-noriega/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Imperialism and Democracy: White House or Liberty Square?</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/imperialism-and-democracy-white-house-or-liberty-square/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/imperialism-and-democracy-white-house-or-liberty-square/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2011 15:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>James Petras</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Assassinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colonialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Empire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[France]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Germany]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iran]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Korea]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Viet Nam]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=38592</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The relation between imperialism and democracy has been debated and discussed over 2500 years, from fifth century Athens to Liberty Park in Manhattan.  Contemporary critics of imperialism (and capitalism) claim to find a fundamental incompatibility, citing the growing police state measures accompanying colonial wars, from Clinton’s anti-terrorist laws, and Bush’s “Patriot Act” to Obama’s ordering [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The relation between imperialism and democracy has been debated and discussed over 2500 years, from fifth century Athens to Liberty Park in Manhattan.  Contemporary critics of imperialism (and capitalism) claim to find a fundamental incompatibility, citing the growing police state measures accompanying colonial wars, from Clinton’s anti-terrorist laws, and Bush’s “Patriot Act” to Obama’s ordering the extrajudicial assassination of overseas US citizens.</p>
<p>In the past, however, many theorists of imperialism of varying political persuasion, ranging from Max Weber to Vladimir Lenin, argued that imperialism unified the country, reduced internal class polarization and created privileged workers who actively supported and voted for imperial parties.  A historical, comparative survey of the conditions under which imperialism and democratic institutions converge or diverge can throw some light on the challenges and choices faced by the burgeoning democratic movements erupting across the globe.</p>
<p><strong>The Nineteenth Century</strong></p>
<p>During the 19th century, European and US imperial expansion covered the world.  In tandem, democratic institutions took root, the franchise was extended to the working class, competitive parties emerged, social legislation was passed, and the working class increased its representation in the legislative chambers.</p>
<p>Was the simultaneous growth of democracy and imperialism a spurious correlation reflecting divergent and conflicting underlying forces, one favoring overseas conquest and another promoting democratic politics? In fact, there was a great deal of overlap between pro-imperialist and democratic politics and not simply among the elites.</p>
<p>Throughout the 19th and especially in the 20th century, important sectors of the labor and social democratic parties and numerous prominent leftists and revolutionary socialists, at one time or another, combined support for workers’ demands and imperial expansion.  None other than Karl Marx, in his early journalistic writings in the <em>New York Herald Tribune</em> critically supported the British conquest of India as a “modernizing force” breaking down feudal barriers, even as he supported (with criticism) the European revolutions of 1848.</p>
<p>The ruling classes, the driving force of imperialism, were divided. Some saw the democratic reforms, “citizenship”, as a means of raising mass conscriptions for imperial wars; others feared that the democratic reforms would enhance social demands and undercut the accumulation of capital and rule by the elite.  Both were right.  Along with greater popular participation came virulent modern nationalism, which fueled empire building.  At the same time  mass access to democratic rights led to heightened class organizations, which threatened or challenged class rule. Within the ruling classes, democratic institutions were seen as an arena to peacefully resolve conflicts between competing sectoral elites. But once they took a mass character they were perceived as political threats.</p>
<p>Imperial and class-based parties competed for voters among the newly enfranchised urban workers and rural poor.  In many cases, imperial and class allegiances “co-existed” within the same individuals.  The question of which of the two &#8211; imperialist or class consciousness &#8211; would become ‘operative’ or ‘salient’ was, in part, contingent on the success or failures of the larger competing political projects.</p>
<p>In other words, when imperial expansion succeeded in easy conquests resulting in lucrative colonies (especially settler colonies) democratic workers embraced the empire.  This was the case because empire enhanced trade; namely, profitable exports and cheap imports, while protecting local markets and manufacturers.  These in turn expanded employment and wages for substantial sectors of the working class.  As a result, labor and social democratic parties and trade unions did not oppose imperialism.  Indeed many supported it.</p>
<p>In contrast, when imperialist wars led to prolonged bloody and costly conflicts, the working class shifted from initial chauvinist enthusiasm to disenchantment and opposition.  Democratic demands to ‘<em>end the war’</em> led to strikes challenging unequal sacrifice.  Democratic and anti-imperialist sentiments tended to fuse.</p>
<p>The conflict between democracy and imperialism became even more apparent in the case of an imperial defeat and military occupation.  Both the defeat of France in the German-French war of 1870-71 and the German defeat in the First World War led to massive democratic socialist uprisings (the Paris Commune of 1871 and the German revolution of 1918) attacking militarism, ruling class domination and the entire imperial capitalist institutional framework.</p>
<p><strong>The Imperialism and Democracy Debate and “History from Below”</strong></p>
<p>Historians, especially practitioners of the fashionable “history from below”, exaggerated the democratic values and struggles of the working class and understated the prolonged and deep felt support among important sectors for successful imperial expansion and conquest.  The notion of ‘inherent’ or ‘instinctual’ class solidarity is belied by the active role of workers in imperial conquest as soldiers, overseas settlers, merchant mariners and overseers.  Imperial collaborators and empire loyalists were numerous among English and French workers and, especially later, within the US labor movement.</p>
<p>The theoretical point is that the pre-eminence of <em>democratic</em> over <em>imperial</em> consciousness and action among workers is contingent on the practical material outcomes of imperial policies and democratic struggles.</p>
<p><strong>Workers and Imperialism</strong></p>
<p>Empire building makes demands on workers to produce more for less in order to export and invest profitably in colonized regions.  This led to capital-labor conflict, especially in the initial phase of imperial expansion.  As imperial rulers consolidated their control over the colonized countries they intensified exploitation of markets, labor and resources.  Imperial exports destroyed local competitors.  Profits rose, wages increased and workers turned from initial opposition toward imperialism to demanding a share of the increasing income of the export oriented manufacturers.  Labor leaders and trade unionists approved of the policies of ‘imperial preference’, which protected local industries from competition and privileged monopoly control of colonial markets.  They did so because imperial policies protected jobs and raised living standards.</p>
<p>Workers who were active in social struggles, blacklisted or jailed, voluntarily moved or were exiled to colonized countries.  Once settled overseas, they were given privileged access to better paying jobs as overseers, skilled employees or promoted to managerial positions.  Imperial based militant workers, once overseas, became colonial collaborators.  Many encouraged former workmates, relatives and friends to join them as successful settlers or contract workers.  The ‘domestication’ of workers and the reconciliation of democratic and imperialist sentiments was a cause and consequent of successful imperialism.</p>
<p><strong>Empire Loyalism:  Not by Bread Alone</strong></p>
<p>While material benefits accruing to workers from “successful imperialism” are one factor enhancing workers’ imperial consciousness, this was reinforced by symbolic gratification, the sense of being a member of the “leading country in the world” where “<em>t</em>he sun never sets on the empire”, was equally important.  It is rare to find a country where the majority of workers express “solidarity” with the exploited miners, plantation workers or displaced peasants and indigenous small landholders in the ‘colonies’.  The stronger the hold of the colonial power, the greater the ‘colonial opportunities’, the longer the colonial ties, the deeper the economic penetration, and the stronger the sense of imperial superiority among the imperial states<span style="text-decoration: underline;">’ </span>workers.</p>
<p>It is not surprising that the British workers, the unions and Labor Party raised few objections to the savagery of the imperial opium wars against China, the imperial-induced genocidal famines in Ireland in the 19th century and India in the 20th century.  Likewise, the French workers’ parties – Socialists especially – were in the forefront of the post WWII colonial wars against Indo-China and Algeria only turning against them in the face of imminent defeat and internal disintegration.</p>
<p>In the same vein, US successful colonial wars against Cuba and the Philippines, its invasions of Caribbean and Central American countries were supported by the American Federation of Labor and many ‘ordinary workers’, even as a minority of radicalized workers opposed these wars.  The ‘partial turn’ of labor against US colonial wars occurred during the Korea, Vietnam and Afghanistan wars, and was a result of prolonged losses and high economic costs with no victory in sight.  It should be added that US workers, in opposing the imperial wars, expressed no solidarity with the national liberation and workers movements of the colonized countries.</p>
<p><strong>Imperialism and the “True Democrats”</strong></p>
<p>To argue, as some on the Left have, that imperialism does not co-exist with “true” democracy, is to argue that the last 150 years have been devoid of free elections, party competition and citizens’ rights, however abbreviated, especially over the past decade.  The reality is that imperial intervention and expansion has drawn precisely from citizens’ sense of “obligation” to uphold the democratic institutions, which has enabled imperial leaders to elicit <span style="text-decoration: underline;">l</span>egitimacy and active citizen support or compliance in waging bloody, even genocidal, colonial wars.</p>
<p>If democracy has not usually been an obstacle to imperial expansion – indeed a facilitator under certain circumstances – under what conditions have workers and citizens movements turned against imperial wars?  What has been the political response of the ruling class when the majority of the electorate has turned against imperial wars?  In other words, when the democratic institutions no longer function as vehicles for imperial policies, what gives?</p>
<p><strong>From Imperial Democracy to Imperial Police State</strong></p>
<p>The past ten years provide important lessons on the relation between imperialism and democracy in the United States.</p>
<p>Beginning with the controversial political circumstances surrounding known terrorists’ gaining access to the US and subsequently hijacking the airplanes on 9/11/2001, the US government launched two major colonial wars and numerous overt ‘clandestine’ ground and air attacks in Somalia, Yemen, Pakistan, Libya and other countries.  The “global war on terror”, launched under the Bush regime, and implemented by non-elected senior militarist–Zionist officials in co-operation with NATO and Israel was supported by the democratically elected Congress.  For that matter the vast majority of the electorate, influenced by an immense propaganda campaign of fear, media manipulation and lies endorsed the wars on terror.</p>
<p>Given the unprecedented scope and breadth of the wars, (a global war on terror), the vast increase in military spending and the huge outlays for an all encompassing internal repressive (security) apparatus (Homeland Security), a new <em>executive-centered</em> police state was constructed which superseded the existing democratic institution and rights of citizens.</p>
<p>The trajectory of imperial politics moved from early military successes to problematic prolonged occupation.  This led to escalating resistance, growing state expenditures , a deepening fiscal crises , social decay and rising political opposition.</p>
<p>As in the past, contemporary imperial wars that are prolonged, costly and with no decisive victory in sight, have led to citizen disenchantment, followed by increased open rejection.  The wage and salaried majorities who voted for imperial policymakers and backed their enabling legislation, including laws (Patriot Act) which suspended basic civil and constitutional rights, have turned away from the imperial agenda.  Today the democratic majority prioritize their class, economic interests, especially in the face of a prolonged recession and unemployment and underemployment of close to 20%.  Beginning in 2008-2011 endless wars and prolonged crises have set in motion a conflict between democracy and imperialism.</p>
<p>In other words, the democratic majority has become an obstacle to the implementation and pursuit of imperial wars.  Imperial military activity in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, etc. did not lead to quick victories, the conquest of lucrative export markets and take-over of natural resource.  Jobs were not created and no benefit accrued to employees and workers in the imperial country.  High expenditures for arms undercut public investments in labor-intensive employment in critically overdue infrastructure projects.  The small number of dangerous jobs in occupied countries was unattractive and too risky for the unemployed.</p>
<p>In other words, unlike most previous imperial-colonial wars, none of the plundered wealth was used to secure workers loyalty to the empire.  The burden of empire progressively undercut wage and salaried workers’ living standards.  Over time, regressive taxation gradually eroded any sense of chauvinist grandeur or superiority.  Instead citizens of the empire developed a political inferiority complex.  Faced with determined Islamic opposition and China’s rising economic power, exaggerated bellicosity among a minority and critical introspection among the majority took hold.  Popular consciousness of “something basically wrong” in Washington and Wall Street took over.  The earlier war chants and mindless flag-waving, as the armies of Empire marched to Afghanistan and Iraq, were replaced by angry defeatism directed at misleaders.  Over 80% of the public now articulates a negative view of Congress, rejecting both war parties.  Similar negative views are held toward the White House, the Pentagon and Homeland Security.</p>
<p>After a decade of war and four years of economic crisis, mass protests erupted.  The “Occupy Wall Street” movement puts new options on the table, displacing the imperial agenda with a powerful denunciation of the militarist-financial elite.</p>
<p>The executive rulers, especially the judicial, intelligence and police apparatuses increasingly implemented arbitrary <em>police state</em> measures.  Tens of millions are subject to surveillance by Homeland Security.  The police state intercepts billions of faxes, e-mails, web sites and taps telephone calls.  The link between imperialism and democracy broke at the point where declining empire no longer could secure the electorate’s support or compliance.</p>
<p>More and more bizarre terrorist plots were fabricated by the intelligence agencies.  The Iranian bomb plot against the Saudi Arabian ambassador to Washington was the most primitive and crude effort to regain public support for imperial militarism in the Gulf region.  Apart from the politically influential, but infinitely small, pro-Israel Zionist power configuration, US public opinion is not distracted from its domestic agenda, its quest for jobs at home and opposition to Wall Street.</p>
<p>As the conflict between imperialism and democracy intensifies, the previous ‘consensus” fractured.  The White House and Congress opt for imperialism backed by a profoundly anti-democratic police state.  The majority of the electorate presses forward, utilizing their remaining democratic rights to change the political agenda from empire toward a social republic.</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>We have argued that empire and democracy have been complementary in times of ascendant imperialism.  We have shown that when wars of conquest have been short and inexpensive, and when the results have been lucrative for capital and job-creating for labor the democratic majorities joined in support of imperial elites.  Democratic institutions flourished when overseas empires provided markets, cheap resources and raised living standards.  Workers voted for imperial parties, held positive opinions of executive and legislative officials, and applauded the colonial war veterans (<em>our troops</em>).  Some even volunteered and joined the military.  With vast citizen support for empire, the state more or less ‘abided’ by the constitutional guarantees.  But the marriage of democracy and imperialism is not ‘structural’.  It is contingent on a series of variable conditions, which can cause a profound rupture between the two, as we are witnessing today.</p>
<p>Prolonged, losing, costly imperial wars that increasingly erode living standards for over a generation have undermined the consensus between imperial rulers and democratic citizens.  Early signs of this potential divergence were evident during the latter period of the Korean War, when public opinion turned against President Truman, architect of the Cold War and the US invasion of Korea.  More evidence emerged during the Vietnam War.  Faced with a prolonged, losing war, which imperiled the lives and opportunities of tens of millions of draft age Americans, millions in civilian life and the military opted to end the war and question imperial interventions.  The repressive state was still not organized sufficiently to terrorize and contain the democratic upsurge of the 1970’s.  The end of the Vietnam war represented the high point in democratic America’s quest to counter imperialism and rebuild the republic.</p>
<p>Subsequent small, quick, low cost and militarily successful imperial interventions in Panama, Grenada, Haiti and elsewhere did not provoke any conflict between imperialism and democracy.  Nor did imperial clandestine and surrogate wars in Nicaragua, El Salvador, Guatemala, Angola, Mozambique, Afghanistan and the Balkans elicit any significant democratic opposition since they were low cost (in lives and funding) and were not accompanied by any sharp cuts in social expenditures and incomes.</p>
<p>The onset of the current Afghanistan, Iraq, and global offensive wars were seen by some imperial strategists in the same light: Quick, low cost victories with few domestic costs.  One highly placed pro-Israel official in the Pentagon even argued that the invasion and occupation of Iraq would be “self-financing” via an oil grab.</p>
<p>The 21st century wars turned out otherwise:  They followed the Korean-Vietnam pattern, not the Central American/Caribbean pattern.  Immensely costly, the 21st century wars have not led to quick victories and, worse still, occurred in the midst of an unprecedented economic crisis, without the manufacturing and market boom of the 1950’s/1960’s which had cushioned the retreat from Korea and Vietnam.</p>
<p>The divergence between imperialism and democracy has become acute.  Democratic dissent has increased and the police state has become more prominent and direct.  Imperialism increasingly relies on “fabricated domestic and external terror plots” to augment the powers of the repressive machinery and rule by fiat.  White House exhortations ring hollow.  The public puts less and less credence in their rulers’ claims of ‘justifiable’ arbitrary detentions, massive surveillance and extrajudicial assassinations of US citizens (and even their children).</p>
<p>We now face long-term, large-scale dangers, inherent in imperial democracies.  Not because of “internal contradictions” but because sooner or later imperial powers meet their match in the form of protracted struggles by anti-imperialist and national liberation movements.  Only when imperials wars take their toll on the wage and salaried majority, does the rupture between democracy and imperialism take place.  Then, and only then, are democratic forces set in motion to create a democratic republic, with social justice and without empire.</p>
<p>The present danger is that imperial structures are deeply embedded in all the key political institutions and are backed by an unprecedented vast and sprawling police state apparatus, called Homeland Security.  Perhaps it will take a major external political-military shock to ignite the kind of mass democratic uprising needed to transform an imperial police state into a democratic republic.  A growing sense of isolation and impotence affects the ruling regime in the face of overseas military defeats and unyielding, deepening domestic economic crisis.  The danger is that these fears and frustrations could induce the White House to attempt to regain popular support by attacking Iran under a manufactured pretext.</p>
<p>A US/Israeli assault on Iran will result in a world-wide conflagration.  Iran could and would retaliate.  Saudi and Gulf oil wells would go up in flames.  Vital shipping lanes would be blocked.  Gas prices would skyrocket while Asian, EU and US economies crash.  Iranian troops with their Iraqi allies would lay siege to the US garrisons in Baghdad.  Afghanistan, Pakistan and the rest of the Moslem world will take up arms.  US forces would surrender or retreat.  The war would shatter the US Treasury.  Deficits would spiral out of control.  Unemployment would double.  This likely sequence of events would trigger a massive democratic movement and a decisive struggle between an emerging republic struggling to give birth and a decaying empire threatening to drag the world into the inferno of its own demise.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/imperialism-and-democracy-white-house-or-liberty-square/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>A Culture of Violence, Death, and Drugs</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/%e2%80%9ca-culture-of-violence-death-and-drugs%e2%80%9d-alba-delegation-in-damascus-condemns-us-imperialism/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/%e2%80%9ca-culture-of-violence-death-and-drugs%e2%80%9d-alba-delegation-in-damascus-condemns-us-imperialism/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2011 15:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Gearóid Ó Colmáin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Belarus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[China/Tibet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cuba]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ecuador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Libya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Russia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Syria]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=38151</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The historic decision by China and Russia on October 5th 2011 to veto the resolution of the Euro Atlantic powers which threatened sanctions against the government of Syria, has dealt a heavy blow to  Western imperialism. The Chinese/Russian veto has revived hopes of peace and security among developing countries, who have watched the orgy of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The historic decision by China and Russia on October 5th 2011 to veto the resolution of the Euro Atlantic powers which threatened sanctions against the government of Syria, has dealt a heavy blow to  Western imperialism.</p>
<p>The Chinese/Russian veto has revived hopes of peace and security among developing countries, who have watched the orgy of violence unleashed by NATO bombings in Libya over the past 8 months with horror and outrage.</p>
<p>The security forces of the Syrian Arab Republic have been battling armed gangs backed by Western intelligence agencies since February. Thousands of innocent civilians and thousands of security personnel have been killed. NATO&#8217;s Blitzkrieg on the people of Libya and the covert war on the people of Syria have  proven the extent of the desperation that now besets Western capitalism and have served to highlight the sharp divide that now exists between progressive countries who are striving to create a multipolar world and the cancerous Western plutocracies now engaging in looting, pillaging and mass murder in a desperate attempt to maintain their global hegemony.</p>
<p>AlBA (Bolivarian Alliance for the Americas) countries such as Venezuela, Bolivia, Nicaragua and Cuba, have been unwavering in their support for the Great People’s Socialist Libyan Arab Jamahirya and the Syrian Arab Republic in their long struggle against NATO backed terrorists.</p>
<p>On October 9th a delegation of Alba officials visited the Syrian capital Damascus to express their solidarity with the terror-stricken country. The delegation included Bolivian Communications Minister Eban Canelas, Venezuelan Foreign Minister Nicolas Maduro Moros, Cuban Foreign Minister Bruno Eduardo Rodriquez, Deputy Foreign Minister of Ecuador, Pablo Villa Gomez, and Deputy Foreign Minister of Nicaragua, Maria Rubiales.</p>
<p>Nicolas Madura, Venezuela’s minister for foreign affairs told Syrian television on October 10th:</p>
<blockquote><p>The world order which dominates the media is using media terrorism, political and psychological warfare to impose its vision on the world.</p></blockquote>
<p>Madura added that during the past thirty years:</p>
<blockquote><p>This order has imposed its own culture on the world, a culture of violence, of death and of drugs and it has formed a network of television stations and newspapers to subjugate the world.</p></blockquote>
<p>The Bolivian communications minister Ivan Canelas told the same TV station:</p>
<blockquote><p>What we saw on our visit to Syria was very different to what the foreign press have been showing us. We found peace and security here. People go about their business and live their lives normally. It is clear proof that many of the media outlets are working for the profits of the imperialist powers who have made attempting to damage the sovereignty and dignity not only of Syria but of other peoples in the world such as Bolivia, Venezuela, Nicaragua and Ecuador, Cuba and Peru.</p></blockquote>
<p>Mr. Canales also stressed the necessity for radical reform of the United Nations so as to free the organization from US control.</p>
<p>Maria Rubiales, Nicaragua’s vice minister for foreign affairs said:</p>
<blockquote><p>When an immense crisis occurs in the West, especially in the United States of America, the  easiest way for them to get out of it is by destroying other countries.</p></blockquote>
<p>Referring to the existence of terrorist groups in Syria <a href="http://www.sana.sy/fra/51/2011/10/11/374820.htm">armed by the West</a>, Rubiales said:</p>
<blockquote><p>If that happened in the United States of America, they would send in the army to put down the armed terrorists.”</p></blockquote>
<p>The arrival of the Latin American delegation in Damascus is another poignant example of the growing isolation of the Atlantic imperialist cult.  As more and more people tune into alternative media around the world, the lies and propaganda of the Atlantic imperialist configuration are being continually exposed.</p>
<p>AlBA countries, Venezuela in particular, have close relations with the Syrian Arab Republic. In November 2010, Venezuela’s Foreign Minister Nicolas Maduro visited Damascus where <a href="http://www.avn.info.ve/node/27110">10 joint projects</a> involving Syria, Belarus and Venezuela were agreed upon.</p>
<p>He told reporters “we are making a tour to consolidate the projects established with these brother countries, for the construction of a new world that has been designed in concrete terms.”</p>
<p>Belarus has been a <a href="http://en.rian.ru/world/20100503/158855501.html">close partner with Venezuela</a> for many years. Minsk has been able to reduce its oil dependency on Russia through a deal with Caracas involving the importation of up to 10 million metric tons of oil.</p>
<p>On the other hand, Caracas has also benefited from close relations with the former Soviet Republic. Belarus has been helping Venezuela in its ambitious Mision Casa Vivienda, Great Housing Mission, which aims at overcoming the housing deficit in the country.</p>
<p>Belarus has also come under attack from the New World Order with several attempts at regime change there through US orchestrated ‘’colour revolutions’’.</p>
<p>The Belarusian president Alexander Lukashenko <a href="http://news.belta.by/en/news/president?id=661016">told</a> Russian reporters on October 7th:</p>
<blockquote><p>They tried to push a revolution in Belarus through social networks. The person, who was running those social networks is in Poland, guarded by special services and funded by we know whom.</p></blockquote>
<p>Bilateral trade ties between Syria and Belarus have intensified since 2007. Like the countries of the Bolivarian Alliance, Syria and Belarus strive for autonomy, national sovereignty and independence. The special trade agreements between Venezuela, Belarus and Syria are a cogent example of the desire of developing countries to create a multi-polar world.</p>
<p>The visit of the ALBA delegation to Syria was, unsurprisingly, ignored by the Western media. But the visit is highly significant. Syria has, since February, been fighting a covert war waged by Western intelligence agencies using Islamist terrorists presented to the world as ‘’peaceful protestors’’ by the corporate media.</p>
<p>Many of the ALBA countries have experienced US- orchestrated terrorism in the past.</p>
<p>The  US trained terrorists known as the “contras” used against the Sandinista government in Nicaragua during the 1980s cost up to 30,000 Nicaraguan lives.  The Nicaraguan terrorists were presented by the Western press as ‘freedom fighters’ just as the terrorists in Syria today are being portrayed as &#8220;pro-democracy&#8221; and victims of ‘state terror’.  The US backed terrorism campaign was so successful in Nicaragua, Washington decided to send its principal organizer Michael Kozak to Belarus as US ambassador. Kozak <a href="http://emperors-clothes.com/news/tough.htm">told the Times</a> newspaper on September 3, 2001 that ‘’the objective and to some extent methodology are the same” in Belarus as in Nicaragua.</p>
<p>The ALBA delegation’s recent visit to Syria has made it clear that the real international community is aware of the “objectives” and “methodologies” of US imperialism in the Middle East and throughout the world, and, in particular, the nefarious role of the corporate media in misinforming the general public about the reality in Syria. But above all, the ALBA delegation’s visit has sent a signal to the degenerate Euro-Atlantic elites that their attempt to dominate the planet with their “culture of violence, death and drugs” is doomed to fail.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/%e2%80%9ca-culture-of-violence-death-and-drugs%e2%80%9d-alba-delegation-in-damascus-condemns-us-imperialism/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Bowl Six</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/bowl-six/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/bowl-six/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 08 Oct 2011 15:01:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Brian Littlefair</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crimes against Humanity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Culture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[El Salvador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Police]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Nations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[War Crimes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weaponry]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wikileaks]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=37964</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We&#8217;re pretty easygoing about peace. Doesn&#8217;t take much of it to satisfy us. A vague approximation of it warms our hearts just fine. We went through World War III and never noticed, though it drew in ten countries, killed five million, and drove five million more from their homes. I probably wouldn&#8217;t have noticed either, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re pretty easygoing about peace. Doesn&#8217;t take much of it to satisfy us. A vague approximation of it warms our hearts just fine. We went through World War III and never noticed, though it drew in ten countries, killed five million, and drove five million more from their homes. I probably wouldn&#8217;t have noticed either, except that there was money in it.</p>
<p>The work was advising a joint venture, errands like gauging risk and return, or squeezing ministerial face for a competitive edge. Life went on throughout the Congo war, and so did commerce. The trick is to find a niche on the ragged edges of the war. If you live in a place where capital markets are ropy, war torn countries are not a bad place to salt your long-term capital away. Some Israelis were in on the joint venture: Israelis don&#8217;t mind war, when the other side is helpless, and in this war almost everyone was helpless. A farmer&#8217;s rusty panga could be an overwhelming force. The Mai Mai used spears to great effect. Molars and penises served as weapons, for cannibalism and rape.</p>
<p>The war still smolders today, in Kivu, Ituri, and Katanga. It causes us no disquiet. But what if we got greedy for peace? What if peace changed from a heartwarming word to a remorseless objective like efficiency or profit? What if we demanded more and more?</p>
<p>Well, it&#8217;s happening, and it makes our rulers nervous. In the Wikileaks cable dump, American diplomats reticently quote a novel term, the right to peace. Officials from Spain and Russia invoke it. The UN Secretary General is heard to say it. The conjunction of two freighted terms sounds like heartwarming blather, but from the mouths of shrewd statesmen, it&#8217;s of import. Even the most aristocratic Hotchkiss/Harvard meathead will begin to think that something is afoot.</p>
<p>For our war machine and its government, peace is always trouble. In the run up to World War I our government sent a presidential candidate, Eugene V. Debs,  to jail. His crime was opposing conscription. Socialist Charles Schenk was convicted of espionage. Schenk got a look at the Constitution, and pointed out that conscription looks a lot like unconstitutional involuntary servitude. Back then our antisemitism was for Jews, not Arabs, and we sent a few Jews up for twenty years. It seems they threw some leaflets out a window. In English and, insidiously, Yiddish, the alien anarchists denounced our invasion of Russia. They called for an end to arms production.</p>
<p>In 1940, Franklin D. Roosevelt signed the Smith Act to silence commie putschists and their nonaggression, and in the traditional patriotic frenzy that invariably cascades into backwoods slapstick, Mississippi took the concept and ran with it, crafting its own national security law. They convicted some Jehovah&#8217;s Witnesses of questioning the point of war. In this case, though, peace might not have been what tore it. In what was probably the crucial atrocity, the Dixie heretics also linked the origins of our Pledge of Allegiance to the convent-school rites of French Papists.  <a href="http://caselaw.lp.findlaw.com/scripts/getcase.pl?navby=case&amp;court=us&amp;vol=319&amp;invol=583">In Mississippi</a>, that&#8217;s a clear and present danger.</p>
<p>This embarrassing arc of American history still bends toward idiocy, with every provincial rent-a-cop and stewardess a homeland security hero. Arabic lettering on a t-shirt gets you kicked off a plane and questioned (though nowadays Yiddish is mostly OK.) The nation teems with deputized authorities demanding fatuous reverence to our proletarian cannon fodder and their hopeless anti-terror snipe hunts.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s not quite classic Orwell: to patriotic Americans, war may not be peace, but peace is insidious war. The government charged a Vietnam War protester with sedition for grabbing the leg of the recruit who stepped on him. It seems the mere word peace can be seditious. &#8220;Make love for peace&#8230; We&#8217;re trying to sell peace, like a product, you know.&#8221; John Lennon&#8217;s mischievous wordplay triggered a<a href="http://freedocumentaries.org/film.php?id=206"> federal investigation</a> &#8212; and eventually, a traditional American lone nut came along and solved the nation&#8217;s problem.</p>
<p>The war on peace is heating up again. Led by Patrick Fitzgerald, hero of the wet-squib Scooter Libby trial, <a href="http://www.inthesetimes.com/ittlist/entry/11727/fbi_agents_accidental_document_dumpand_uncle_sams_fear_of_antiwar_activists/">federal agents infiltrated peace groups</a>, and squads of paramilitary commandos raided their homes.  The pretext was an edict criminalizing support for terror, an ingenious Ermächtigungsgestz that could put Jimmy Carter away. The guilty peaceniks were foiled by state-of-art security innovations: from their elite squadron of burly termagants to the FBI deployed fake lesbians as agents provocateur.</p>
<p>To observe the 2011 United Nations International Day of Peace, the US scheduled the launch of a Minuteman III ICBM. True to American traditions of hearty redneck defiance, we were to spend the day of global ceasefire plinking at the Marshall Islands, our backyard tin can target. But word got out, and with a week to go the government postponed the launch, spoiling some unsung Air Force Strangelove&#8217;s fun.</p>
<p>Peace was all right in the old days. Back then it was exclusively the bailiwick of states, a stateman&#8217;s concern that was above their subjects&#8217; pay grade. The League of Nations&#8217; remit was the peace of the world. The members were states, monolithic black boxes interacting for the peoples sealed inside. The scope of their covenant was international law and treaty. To safeguard peace, the covenant provided for dispute resolution: by arbitration, by a new International Court of Justice, or by unanimous decision of the Great War&#8217;s victors in Council. The League bound its member states into a defensive alliance. The League&#8217;s covenant mandated disarmament and arms control.</p>
<p>The covenant looked inside states for one purpose only. Its disarmament provisions were based on a shrewd appraisal of the danger of war profiteering: &#8220;The Members of the League agree that the manufacture by private enterprise of munitions and implements of war is open to grave objections.&#8221;</p>
<p>Objectionable or not, war profiteering is the prerogative of America&#8217;s ruling class, and so <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2004/sep/25/usa.secondworldwar">Prescott Bush and Averell Harriman</a> built us a top-quality enemy to fight. The two bankers were discreet stewards for Germany&#8217;s munitions, mining, and slaving interests.  Bush&#8217;s Nazi clients blew the League to smithereens.</p>
<p>The war made the allies nostalgic for peace. Perhaps they even idealized peace a bit, for they imagined it without misery. In June 1941, fourteen allies set out The Saint James Agreement, declaring:</p>
<blockquote><p>the only true basis of enduring peace is the willing co-operation of free peoples in a world in which, relieved of the menace of aggression, all may enjoy economic and social security; and that it is their intention to work together, and with other free peoples, both in war and peace to this end.</p></blockquote>
<p>The US had not yet joined the war and did not have occasion to sign on. But that summer, in The Atlantic Charter, Roosevelt and Churchill pledged to &#8220;lighten for peace-loving peoples the crushing burden of armaments.&#8221; The peace they promised to all men in all lands would let them &#8220;live out their lives in freedom from fear and want,&#8221; and it specifically included improved labor standards, economic advancement and social security. You could tell the commies had them running scared.</p>
<p>The United Nations first came on the scene not as an institution but as a group of belligerents. The Washington Declaration was their war cry. In the Washington Declaration the United Nations threw &#8216;human rights&#8217; into the mix, more as a bonus of victory than of peace. Enumerated rights were then just a gleam in the eyes of Roosevelt&#8217;s Brains Trust, but rights were soon to take on a life of their own and complicate peace.</p>
<p>The Moscow Declaration of 1943 looked ahead to the end of war, to arms control and an international organization. The unnamed organization would keep the peace &#8220;with the least diversion of the world&#8217;s human and economic resources for armaments.&#8221; That principle carried through to the Dumbarton Oaks proposals defining the United Nations. Swords were to give way to ploughshares.  It was official. The Dumbarton Oaks Conference institutionalized well-being as part of peace.</p>
<p>The UN Charter was shot through with peace, as a purpose and a principle, but the institutional arrangements for pacific settlement of disputes left societies and associations out of it, focusing on states. Civil society was allowed a look in only on economic and social matters.</p>
<p>Peace waxed and waned. By 1984, the US had renewed its arms race. America planned to stud Europe with nuclear missiles. Europe reacted with mass protests for a nuclear freeze. The United Nations General Assembly weighed in with <a href="http://www.wagingpeace.org/articles/0000/1984_declaration-people-peace.htm">Resolution 39/11</a>. Its Declaration on the Right of Peoples to Peace made explicit use of pervasive nuclear fears. The onus of peace-building was to fall on state policies and international dispute resolution, but the impetus had come from below. President Reagan blamed Soviet agents but he came to <a href="http://bostonreview.net/BR25.2/wittner.html">embrace arms reduction</a>.</p>
<p>War returned to Europe and we bombed it to a frenzy in the Balkans, trying to help. The horn of Africa got out of hand too. America swaggered into the Somalia saloon to break it up and came back out through the window ass-up. This wasn&#8217;t what we had in mind at all.</p>
<p>Pacifists concluded that peace was too important to be left to the authorities. The<a href="http://www.haguepeace.org/resources/HagueAgendaPeace+Justice4The21stCentury.pdf"> Hague Agenda</a> proposed the New Diplomacy, a collaborative process for citizens, pressure groups, and states. To put human and ecological needs ahead of national sovereignty and borders, they would &#8220;wrest peace-making away from the exclusive control of politicians and military establishments.&#8221;  The New Diplomacy dovetailed with the old pinko tradition of internationalism from below, which aimed to weaken states by linking different peoples across borders.</p>
<p>In 2000 the General Assembly adopted the <a href="http://www.unesco.org/cpp/uk/declarations/2000.htm">Programme of Action on a Culture of Peace</a>.  As the UN members redefined it, peace is not merely the absence of conflict. It&#8217;s a process, a treadmill of dialogue and conflict resolution. Fractious masses get involved. No more master strokes of deft diplomacy, no more parceling out nations on scraps of paper, fifty-fifty, ninety-ten &#8212; the Great Men of Yalta were dead, and the world they left us was bursting at the seams. The genial shipboard tea or walk in the woods was now to be supplanted by a bewildering welter of responsibilities, some defined in treaty law, some not. Tolerance. Solidarity. Cooperation. Pluralism. Cultural diversity. Dialogue. Understanding.</p>
<p>It could have been terribly cumbersome but the Supreme Court installed George Bush, scion of war profiteers and secret agents, the Saudis stuck a thumb in America&#8217;s eye, and that took care of the Culture of Peace.</p>
<p>The peaceniks saw it coming. They were ready. The world let the first illegal war slide: America milked universal sympathy to get a <a href="http://www.un.org/News/Press/docs/2001/SC7143.doc.htm">Security Council resolution</a> authorizing nothing, and waved it like a banner as they marched off to war in Afghanistan. Worked like a charm, thanks to Americans&#8217; blissful ignorance of the supreme law of the land. No one here knows what <a href="http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/chapter7.shtml">UN Charter Chapter VII</a> says.  It never came up.</p>
<p>But when America tried that again, with Iraq, the world dug in its heels with the largest coordinated mass protest in history. February 15th, 2003 saw public assemblies in 794 localities worldwide.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/bowl-six/#footnote_0_37964" id="identifier_0_37964" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Bennis, Phyllis, Challenging Empire: How People, Governments, and the UN Defy US Power, Northampton MA, Interlink Publishing Group, 2006, p. 261.">1</a></sup></p>
<p>In America a lot of militarist energy went into mocking pacifists as mournful chubbies holding candles, begging pardon for things they had no hand in. Jingoes derided as affectations their gentle demeanor and the compassionate sidelong inclination of their heads. America&#8217;s home-front warriors poked at their Achille&#8217;s heel: their inner peace was ineffectual here, in the land of war and death. But the new pacifists are hard-nosed guerreros wielding the disruptive potential of law and institutions against the American rogue state. Their brand of peace would drop a wrench into the works of our national meat grinder, impoverishing death merchants, dispossessing kleptocrats, and bringing murderous authorities to book. They set guns against butter in a battle to the death.</p>
<p>The UN set out to make peace an endless chore of states. To do it they went back to their Atlantic Charter roots. The UN Human Rights Commission got into the peace business with Resolution 2002/71. Peace was vital for human rights, they declared. War was a competing claim on resources that states need to improve living conditions, as required by social and economic rights. The Commission tied peace to development, subordinating guns to butter.</p>
<p>Making war and social justice an either/or choice helped consolidate dissent in the US. Now a common ideal brought the peace movement together with the more rambunctious sorts who besieged the WTO or spiked trees. Labor groups took up the antiwar cause. The peace movement gained troublemaking know-how, clever means of escalating pressure. United for Peace and Justice (UFPJ) coalesced, clogging the streets of Washington in 2003, falling in with 3 million people worldwide in 2004, and sparking protests in 750 US cities in March 2005.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/bowl-six/#footnote_1_37964" id="identifier_1_37964" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Bennis, op. cit., p. 63-67">2</a></sup> Without losing focus they opposed trade pacts, Israeli genocide, and the boot we keep on dark-skinned peoples&#8217; necks. Now there was something for everyone in peace. The<a href="http://october2011.org/issues"> October 2011 protests</a> explicitly link our Afghan war to current economic deprivation.</p>
<p>Peace as social justice means the outrage never ends. Peace as not-war had kept pacifists reactive, their impetus dependent on imminent rumors of war. Antiwar energy flags when wars stop, or as they drag on. In America, party loyalty undercuts opposition to the wars your party starts or inherits. Political opposition to the Iraq war was tamped down once it had served its purpose as a Democratic party cause célèbre.</p>
<p>The work of linking peace with social justice brought the movement in America in line with the rest of the world. In America, a comprehensive view of law and human rights was confined to two distinct elements of society: governing elites and native peoples. By contrast, outside the US, peace and social justice movements had long fought for all the same things. Their governments do not shout down the UN or the ICC, so their societies could see human rights entwining with humanitarian law. For the rest of the world, questions of war and peace naturally involve rights: civil and political, economic, social and cultural. The European Social Forum spilled a million antiwar demonstrators into the streets in their usual overwhelming variety. The Jakarta Peace Consensus planned a people&#8217;s war-crimes tribunal to combat malefactors including neo-liberalism, corporate looters, the WTO and the World Bank.</p>
<p>It was not unheard of in America to link injustice and war. Martin Luther King&#8217;s <a href="http://americanrhetoric.com/speeches/mlkatimetobreaksilence.htm">1967 speech</a>, &#8220;A Time to Break Silence,&#8221; did just that, defining war as an enemy of the poor and rejecting the distinction between rights as a cause and peace. But then the Memphis police disbanded King&#8217;s security detail, a traditional American lone nut came along, and we heard nothing more of that for a long time.</p>
<p>Now, with peace propounded as a human right, legal experts worked to present peace and justice standards to the General Assembly. In 2006 a <a href="http://www.currentconcerns.ch/index.php?id=287">Spanish human-rights coalition</a> met to write <a href="http://www.nodo50.org/csca/agenda09/misc/pdf/DerechoHumanoPazingles.pdf">The Luarca Declaration on the Right to Peace</a>.  The document left primary responsibility for peace with the UN and its member states, but it stepped back from war, as King did, to consider the desperation or predation that drives it, and linked war to the economic order. It defined human security in material terms as &#8220;instruments, means, and resources.&#8221; To permit mass participation it reaffirmed a right to truthful information. Since the most effective curb on war is populations dragging their feet, the Luarca Declaration asserted individual and collective rights of disobedience, objection, and denunciation.</p>
<p>The Luarca declaration spurred a hundred conferences and seminars in fifty cities worldwide. Local and regional governments signed on, along with universities and Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs). The ferment spawned Right to Peace declarations in Bilbao, Barcelona, La Plata, Yaounde, Bangkok, Johannesburg, Sarajevo, Alexandria, and Havana.</p>
<p>In June 2010 the UN Human Rights Council formally requested a draft declaration from The International Congress on the Human Right to Peace. Four experts drafted the <a href="http://www.imadr.org/un/Declaration.pdf">Santiago Declaration</a> as a UN General Assembly Resolution.</p>
<p>When founding mother Virginia Gildersleeve wrote the soaring preamble of the UN Charter, the self-evident poesy of it left peace undefined. The Right to Peace movement now defined peace as the sum of all the specific requirements of UN charter documents and treaties. Since each UN body justified its mission as a means to the end of peace, it was easy to trace the legal authority back to the UN. UN members created the Human Rights Commission because rights and freedoms are requisite for peace. They created the World Health Organization and UNESCO because health and development are requisite for peace. They created the International Labor Organization because peace takes social justice. They created the Food and Agriculture Organization because hunger threatens peace. It&#8217;s all there in black and white in the constitutions of the UN agencies, adopted by the world by acclamation.</p>
<p>Peace then encompasses all state duties set out in the <a href="http://www2.ohchr.org/english/law/index.htm#instruments">UN Charter, the International Bill of Human Rights, and evolving humanitarian law</a>. Any lapse of the state through overreach or neglect violates the people&#8217;s right to peace, even absent war. Peace is a continuous series of popular demands, an unending test for the state, a regimen that saps the energy for war. Under this conception of the right to peace, the simple two-finger gesture holds our government to the detailed, objective standards of the civilized world. In a word or a sign, peace confronts our state with its manifold failure.</p>
<p>The Right to Peace provides a unifying framework for the growing body of treaty law that subordinates the state to its people. It has much in common with another effort at synthesis, a doctrine promoted by the UN Secretariat called Responsibility to Protect. But Responsibility to Protect is focused on averting the most serious crimes. By contrast, peace is a continuum. There is no threshold for minor failings. The Right to Peace means each state must always do its best. Oppression, exclusion, and impoverishment all compromise peace.</p>
<p>Peace so defined is a right for people and a duty of states. The Santiago Declaration sets out specific implications of the right to peace. Several of the declaration&#8217;s clauses mean trouble for our exceptional American state.</p>
<p>Article 2: People have a right to education that embeds peace in their culture, and helps them resolve conflicts. This provision is a straight forward affirmation of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights Article 26 (2). The <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2011/sep/26/americas-barely-tamed-brutality?INTCMP=ILCNETTXT3487">disruptive impact of this demand</a> is fairly clear.</p>
<p>This is the land of Columbine and Virginia Tech, where massacre is practically an intramural sport. Competence in peacemaking would be something of a wrench here too, where conflict resolution is the purview of <a href="http://www.google.ca/search?client=firefox-a&amp;rls=org.mozilla%3Aen-US%3Aofficial&amp;channel=s&amp;hl=en&amp;source=hp&amp;biw=800&amp;bih=444&amp;q=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.officer.com%2Fnews%2F10280351%2Find-student-faces-felony-charge-for-blow-up-doll-prank+&amp;btnG=Google+Search">jack-booted school police</a> who reprove their errant charges with handcuffs and Tasers, and of the paramilitary commandos who besieged a school in the war on tasteless bathroom pranks. When the yellow school bus lets them out under the protective wing of the No Passing sign, our men in blue<a href="http://rt.com/usa/news/school-lopez-alvarado-officer-487/"> shoot them dead</a>. Yet it&#8217;s not all strictness and discipline. For tiny tots there are exciting helicopter visits from the National Guard for sanitized war play (we don&#8217;t make them play at pulping their little Pakistani pen pals from drones, not until they&#8217;re older.)</p>
<p>Extracurricular brutality aside, peace as a subject of inquiry is suspect here. The International Baccalaureate (IB) is a standardized course of study for the children of the international technocratic elite. It covers science, math, and the humanities. Despite its suspicious foreign provenance, the IB&#8217;s comprehensive rigor won the endorsement of the rock-ribbed jingoes of George W. Bush&#8217;s Education Department. The IB is an optional curriculum for No Child Left Behind. Today US schools conduct more than 1,300 IB programs, more than any other country. But the coursework includes subversive matter such as human rights and peace. In Pennsylvania, Minnesota, Utah, and even in the shadow of the imperial capital, Fairfax County, Virginia, the IB has come under attack.</p>
<p>The IB is not Judeo-Christian enough for Pennsylvania youth. Or it&#8217;s anti-American. Or Marxist. So say a slate of<a href="http://www.post-gazette.com/pg/06047/656217.stm"> school board crackpots</a> pledged to defend American values against their pupils&#8217; desire to get into a decent college.  In the Republican gentile-Chełm of Fairfax, Virginia, the IB stands accused of encouraging &#8220;disarmament, socialism and moral relativism, while attempting to undermine Christian religious values and national sovereignty.&#8221; Peace and conflict studies were a particular sticking point, though experimental science also rankled. The Fairfax cosmopolites smelled international conspiracy in the IB&#8217;s fancy<a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/education/2006/mar/14/schools.schoolsworldwide"> foreign</a> books. In a woebegone town in Minnesota, parents fear the IB will suborn all the above-average children to atheism and one-world government.</p>
<p>In their struggle against popular demand, canny nativists have learned to attack the IB in technocratic terms. The Pennsylvania board took issue with the higher indirect costs of the small classes enjoyed by the ambitious minority. IB courses don&#8217;t pack their classrooms tight enough, it seems. Utah eccentric <a href="http://senatesite.com/blog/2008/05/few-concerns-with-ib.html">Margaret Dayton</a> slashed IB funding out of a hazy sense that it was Not Invented Here (and to be fair, it does slight indigenous local traditions such as polygamy and messianic cults.) The problem is, she says,<a href="http://senatesite.com/blog/2008/05/concern-with-ib-part-ii.html"> America is special</a>. It needs special education.</p>
<p>Factional strife in provincial backwaters has confined peace education to more cosmopolitan cultural centers. The philosophical underpinning of peace has become one more class marker to stratify our society. A grounding in rule of law and world-standard governance is most sought after in <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2003/06/21/nyregion/diploma-for-the-top-of-the-top-international-baccalaureate-gains-favor-in-region.html?pagewanted=all">exclusive private schools</a> and in the segregated districts of the <a href="http://education.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-high-schools/rankings/top-international-baccalaureate-schools">dominant class.</a> The <a href="http://privateschool.about.com/od/usschoolsonline/tp/ibschools.htm">privileged students</a> who learn it are absorbed into the ruling elite, where they can use peace as our government intended, as a weapon to attack other countries and justify our wars. The masses remain largely insulated from subversive ideas about social justice, dignity or development.</p>
<p>As a result, it falls to civil society to inculcate a culture of peace. UFPJ stresses education for its organizing cadres. The International Congress on the Human Right to Peace has drawn religious organizations into a consultation process. Armed with the Right to Peace, these sects can ground the sentimental notion of peace in dispassionate rights and rule of law. The result is a well-established threat to the state, the sort of thing that got the old-time Christians crucified. In Latin America, US clients exterminated bumptious exponents of liberation theology for decades. When the Berlin Wall fell, we let freedom ring with a <a href="http://nsarchive.wordpress.com/2011/05/05/salvadoran-military-official-accused-of-ordering-jesuit-massacre-dies-at-64/">mass murder of Salvadoran clergy</a> by assassins we trained at Fort Bragg.  Just this year in US satellite Colombia, unknown assailants <a href="http://www.hispanicallyspeakingnews.com/notitas-de-noticias/details/six-priests-murdered-in-colombia-in-2011-thus-far/10227/">bagged us six priests</a>. The Week of Peace had just ended when they chopped the last one up.  Inside America, repression is somewhat less straight forward.</p>
<p>Other articles are also problematic. Take Article 3: People must have freedom from fear and want. States must protect you from violence or threat of any kind. You cannot be reduced to desperation. This is pure old-time Americana. Franklin D. Roosevelt said, “For unless there is security here at home there cannot be lasting peace in the world.”</p>
<p>Or take Article 4: Our right to peace entails development, including freedom from unjust debt, and release from the sort of unfair order that leads to poverty and exclusion. We have a right to environmental safety, free from weapons that damage the earth.</p>
<p>Or Article 6: You must be permitted to resist oppression by breach of law or rights. War propaganda is prohibited &#8211; no more indoctrination in the glory or necessity of war.</p>
<p>Security, development, and freedom are always just around the corner. Our state is beavering away for peace, we&#8217;re told, but we can&#8217;t have it yet. The ill-will of a few dozen mad bombers on the other side of the world requires a globe-girdling police state, Soviet-style secret law, automated blanket surveillance, and abject deference to arbitrary authority. Resistance to war and oppression must be punished as a threat to our existence. So freedom from fear is a luxury we can&#8217;t afford.</p>
<p>As for freedom from want, don&#8217;t even think it. We&#8217;re tapped out, having gone deeper into debt to give bankers several trillion. The bankers needed it, you see, they ran their firms into the ground. The bankers took it home, every last trillion, and now you have to pay it back. So social security has to go. Kiss your right to health goodbye. A decent home and living? Maybe someday.</p>
<p>So after paying for the bare necessities of overwhelming, crushing might, a totalitarian police state, and state-sanctioned predatory fraud, there&#8217;s no money left for peace. The sheer spendthrift recklessness of putting human security first would ruin this state, which defines itself as anything but peace.</p>
<p>The Santiago Declaration has an answer to that objection. Under Article 7, States must disarm at their people&#8217;s demand, and fairly distribute the resources freed for equitable development, poverty reduction, and protection of the vulnerable. States may not delegate their war powers to private institutions.</p>
<p>But don&#8217;t the authorities know best? They have secret information. That dodge fails the test of Article 8: You have the right to information, to see war coming and to freely denounce it. States may not manipulate you into backing war. Your peaceful culture must not be suppressed.</p>
<p>When driving us to war in Iraq, the US government relied on suppression of information for a veneer of legitimacy. Its best trick was illegal collusion with its satellite Columbia, which held the UN Presidency at the time. Colombia accepted the IAEA report on Iraqi compliance with disarmament, and immediately turned it over to US officials, who took it home and censored it. US spooks cut out three-quarters of it and came back to pass out bowdlerized pap to an incredulous Security Council. The resulting preparatory fog of war concealed the profiteering that impelled the war and helped Colin Powell&#8217;s whoppers pass the laugh test.</p>
<p>To pull this stunt the US government flouted Articles 19 and 20 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (CCPR). The CCPR binds our state as treaty law, as we acknowledged when we signed up. It trumps our neo-Soviet secrecy rules. But the CCPR&#8217;s sole sanction is shame, and international disgrace was no deterrent to a government bent on war.</p>
<p>So the Santiago Declaration enlists the people to turn over our rogue state&#8217;s rocks. As the US went to war in Iraq, whistleblowers and foreign journalists gave the world a glimpse of what our government had to hide. Now independent entities such as Wikileaks help officials maintain their integrity and air the putrefaction of our wars. American activists such as David House risk vindictive prosecution to free our information.</p>
<p>You&#8217;d think there ought to be a role here for the authors of Pacem in Terris, with their universal viewpoint, but there is not. Ask the Catholics about cultural suppression. In Vatican doctrine, economic and social rights, the means of life, are as much a part of Catholicism as the right to life. But Catholic institutions and associations in America have been muzzled with respect to those bolshy rights. Perhaps it&#8217;s to do with the pyramid of priestly skulls down south. While the Catholic colleges do work of unique value, on UN reform and human rights &#8211; real advocacy, not foreign-service Pecksniffery &#8211; the laity by and large gets nothing out of human rights but monomaniacal fetus-hugging. The syncretic genius of the universal church makes room for lots of flag worship too. Say what you like about the Catholic Church, they certainly know how to ingratiate themselves with primitive cultures.</p>
<p>Consider Articles 9 and 10: Refugees and emigres must be protected when their human security is threatened. To safeguard their rights, they may participate in public affairs wherever they reside.</p>
<p>These articles would infringe quite drastically on American cultural identity. We love to <a href="http://www.cultureofcruelty.org/?page_id=14">torture</a> migrants.  It&#8217;s the national pastime. It keeps us in touch with our genocidal folkways and helps insulate us from the global South&#8217;s dangerous ideas.</p>
<p>Under Article 11, victims have a right to know the truth, and a right to justice, including identification and punishment of those responsible, and redress, compensation and reparation. All their rights must be restored. This comes straight from the Convention on Civil and Political Rights, supreme law of the land.</p>
<p>Except&#8230; No. America&#8217;s Supreme Court<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/bowl-six/#footnote_2_37964" id="identifier_2_37964" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Ashcroft v. al-Kidd, 131 S.Ct. 2074, 2087 (2011) Kennedy, J., concurring">3</a></sup> fears that judicial redress might inhibit our courageous officials from using their authority. Authority here is understood to encompass murder, torture, and the highest crime, criminal aggression. In today&#8217;s America, justice is what our executive chooses to do.</p>
<p>Under Article 12, vulnerable groups must be protected. Vulnerable groups include individuals deprived of their liberty &#8211; even the bewildered children and dotards swept up in our terror dragnet. American public discourse distinguishes battlefield mayhem from torture as distinct technical problems. The Right to Peace says violence is violence. That includes even our venial violence to helpless captives &#8211; beating their hooded faces, gouging their eyes, slitting their genitals, drowning them, freezing them, pulping their flesh, asphyxiating them, leashing them, forcing them to masturbate, or raping them.</p>
<p>This provision really cramps our style. It fails to respect American culture in all its bestial glory. Our anti-terror gulag is run in precise accord with the exemplary domestic penal practices of the Los <a href="http://witnessla.com/lasd/2011/admin/dangerous-jails-part-1-by-matthew-fleischer/">Angeles Sheriff&#8217;s Department</a>, which is organized into White Supremacist gangs meting out lethal beatings and rape.</p>
<p>So in each of its aspects, peace rubs our government the wrong way but our ruling class accepts it, as a means to the end of social control. Democratic party placemen tried to channel pacifist ferment for partisan advantage and turn it off for subsequent wars. They were thwarted by the comprehensive demands of the right to peace. Public resentment mounted despite the party&#8217;s efforts to silence or deride dissent. Democrats showed they never wanted economic rights with their attacks on social programs. They showed they had no use for civil or political rights when they tightened the grip of the police state. They held the UN Charter in contempt when they tore up their authorizing resolution to topple a sovereign state and render one side defenseless in Libya&#8217;s civil war. They came out for state predation and exclusion when they propped up criminal banks that loot wealth worldwide.</p>
<p>When you assert your right to peace, neither party measures up. Voting is a pointless waste of time. The right to peace itself offers much more effective recourse: to disobedience, conscientious objection, denunciation, and non-participation, as set out in Article 5. You have a right to conscientious objection on non-religious UN Charter grounds. You may publicly denounce armaments production or development, and withhold participation. The troops may disobey unlawful orders &#8211; and orders without UN authorization are illegal under US law.</p>
<p>Organized groups exercising these rights could paralyze an outlaw state&#8217;s war apparat. America&#8217;s overwhelming destructive capacity can stand against the world, but not against its people. The requisite repression would bleed this weakened state white. Jihadist terror opened a vein, sapping the nation with a frenzied response of repression, profiteering, and war. As the state lurches toward failure, all opposition becomes a threat. Mounting repression marks a brittle and exhausted state. Consider the state&#8217;s torture and degradation of Bradley Manning for allegations that amount to crucial protections of the Santiago Declaration: the human right of disobedience under Article 5(4); and the peoples&#8217; right to information under Article 8(1) and (2). Or take the pressure on Canada to extradite Jeremy Hinzman for exercising his right to conscientious objection under Article 5(3). When presidential candidate Ron Paul objected to US militarism and war, statist media engaged in a concerted campaign to silence him and shunt him aside.</p>
<p>It wouldn&#8217;t occur to a provincial like Paul to stand on his rights. Yet taxpayers like Paul who object to the use of their taxes for war would have recourse to Article 5(6): states must provide them with alternatives compatible with peace. Declining to pay taxes to the war machine, that is the A-bomb of peace. Libertarians, like all Americans, are trained to recoil from the UN as an overweening alien authority, but the rules of the so-called New World Order subject states to humans. In America, human rights are strictly diplomatic weapons, used by our state to club disobedient countries. By contrast, the Santiago Declaration uses human rights as intended, to help people resist overreaching states.</p>
<p>War, like peace, takes constant work. The population has to be brutalized every day. The preparatory propaganda for the Iraq war effectively demonized Saddam Hussein with nightmarish tales of torture from captured pilots. This proved to us that Saddam was a cowardly animal. The government knew that when our turn came to be cowardly animals, all loyal Americans would turn on a dime and torment the designated victims. The state maintains our bestiality with human sacrifice by lethal injection. Crowds celebrate each new sacrifice outside the prison, and party activists cheer the death toll in political rallies.</p>
<p>To America&#8217;s dominant religious tradition, war is sacred.  The right kind of war fulfills the prophecies of the Book of Revelation, lifting a curse, renewing heaven and earth, annihilating unbelievers, and uniting obedient Christians with their god. This is no outcast cult. Its worshipers include leading legislators, presidential candidates, senior special forces staff, and an Air Force hierarchy that coercively proselytizes cadets. Their final battle&#8217;s coming: they&#8217;ve poured out the sixth bowl. Their enemy is peace. We are the mirror image of Iran, with vulnerable humanists struggling to appease a hostile blood-and-soil theocracy.</p>
<p>Death and suffering, that&#8217;s the critical national resource. The state has harnessed them to generate power. Death and suffering power this state. We&#8217;re the wasting assets being depleted. But weak nations and powerless peoples have begun to form a sort of cartel. They want to take control of death, constrict supply and raise its price. The Right to Peace is an OPEC for blood.</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_37964" class="footnote">Bennis, Phyllis, <em>Challenging Empire: How People, Governments, and the UN Defy US Power</em>, Northampton MA, Interlink Publishing Group, 2006, p. 261.</li><li id="footnote_1_37964" class="footnote">Bennis, op. cit., p. 63-67</li><li id="footnote_2_37964" class="footnote"><em>Ashcroft v. al-Kidd</em>, 131 S.Ct. 2074, 2087 (2011) Kennedy, J., concurring</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/bowl-six/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Latin America:  Growth, Stability and Inequalities</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/latin-america-growth-stability-and-inequalities/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/latin-america-growth-stability-and-inequalities/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2011 15:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>James Petras</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Brazil]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[China/Tibet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ecuador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Greece]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Italy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mexico]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Portugal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Russia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Somalia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spain]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uruguay]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Yemen]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=37708</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The image of Latin America portrayed by the mass media and held by the educated public is a region of frequent coups, periodical revolutions, perpetual military dictatorships, alternating boom and bust economies and an ever-present International Monetary Fund (IMF) dictating economic policy. In contrast the same opinion makers, plus their academic counterparts, project images of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The image of Latin America portrayed by the mass media and held by the educated public is a region of frequent coups, periodical revolutions, perpetual military dictatorships, alternating boom and bust economies and an ever-present International Monetary Fund (IMF) dictating economic policy.</p>
<p>In contrast the same opinion makers, plus their academic counterparts, project images of the United States and the European Union as stable societies, with steady economic growth, incremental expansion of social welfare programs, resolving issues via consensual compromises and practicing sound fiscal policies.</p>
<p>In recent times, the better part of the current decade, these images have taken on the character of ideological dogmas – they no longer correspond to reality. In fact, a good argument can be made that the roles have been reversed: the US and EU are in perpetual crises and Latin America, at least most of the major countries, have experienced stability and growth which is the envy (or should be) of Washington pundits and financial commentators.</p>
<p>This ‘role reversal’ has been recognized by many US, EU and Asian investors and multinationals, even as respectable journalistic hacks for the <em>Financial Times,</em> <em>NY Times</em> and <em>Wall Street Journal</em> still write about vulnerabilities, imbalances and other weaknesses while grudgingly acknowledging the dynamic growth of the region.</p>
<p>Progressive opinion is equally at fault, focusing on the ‘advances’ of the left regimes but overlooking the underlying dynamics affecting most of the region and thus losing sight of the new points of conflict and contention.</p>
<p>We will proceed to outline the contrasting realities between the crises ridden “North” (US/EU) and the sustained growth of the “South” (South America). The analysis will raise questions of whether the South American experience is transferable to the North and what ‘structural adjustments’ would be necessary to pull the US and EU out of the downward spiral of stagnation and violent conflicts which have characterized these regions for the better part of the past decade.</p>
<p><strong>The Lost Decade, US and EU Style</strong></p>
<p>The Latin American countries during the 1980’s experienced a deep and persistent crises, manifested in negative growth, increased poverty levels and heavy indebtedness, which allowed creditors (like the IMF) to impose harsh and regressive austerity measures and “structural adjustment” policies which came to be known as neo-liberalization. These included the privatization of most strategic, lucrative public enterprises, and the ending of any semblance of state-directed industrial strategies.</p>
<p>For the peasants and the working and middle class the short-lived neo-liberal “boom” of the 1990s was a continuation of the ‘lost decade’ of the 1980s. The neo-liberal policies of the 1990s were based on fundamentally flawed structural foundations and polarizing income and public expenditures involving huge transfers of income to capital and downward pressures on wages and welfare. The neo-liberal regimes went into a deep crisis early in 2000 provoking major popular upheavals. The outcome resulted in a new set of political configurations and social power equations, which evolved into new post-neo-liberal regimes, at least in most of the major countries in Latin America.</p>
<p>In contrast and, in part thanks to the profitable opportunities opened by the debt crises and neo-liberalization of Latin America in the 1990s (and in the ex-Soviet Union, Eastern Europe and the Baltic/Balkan states) the US and EU prospered. In Latin America over 5,000 lucrative extractive resource-based industries, banks, tele-communications and other industries passed into the hands of foreign private MNC and local capital. High returns on bonds and loans and rents from technology transfers enriched the Northern capitalists even as poverty multiplied in the South. The 1990s was the “golden age” of Western capital as profits rose and leftist parties and the traditional urban trade unions appeared unable to withstand the ‘wave’ of predatory capitalism capturing the commanding heights of the economy.</p>
<p>The very successes of the US and EU countries, the enormous easy gains from pillage, speculation, and exploitation led to the dominance of financial capital and the belief in an irrevocable “new world order”. The dominance of the US and EU was built on their military superiority backed by pliant, collaborative, neo-liberal client regimes. The ‘new order’ lasted less than a decade: the economic crises of 1999/2000 smashed the illusions of a century of imperial grandeur. As markets collapsed so too did the Latin American oligarchic electoral regimes (dubbed “democracies”) which along with the financial elite and the military formed the triple alliance that defined Western supremacy. The final blow was the economic crises of 2001-2002 in the US and EU which steeply eroded their capacity to intervene and prop up their collapsing Latin clients ousted by rebellious masses.</p>
<p>The first decade of the new millennia has been the &#8220;lost decade&#8221;  of the North.   Over the course of the past eleven years the North has witnessed stagnation and recessions which have not given way to recoveries. The capitalist states temporarily saved the bankers but were powerless to set in motion economic growth.</p>
<p>The credit rating of the US economy was downgraded by the risk agencies. Unemployment and underemployment hovers close to one-fifth of the labor force, figures comparable to stagnant Third World countries. Social programs  are severely slashed in the US and throughout the European Union, reversing decades of incremental gains. Trade and budget deficits in the US have become chronic, while private and public lenders are becoming increasingly reticent to lend in the face of deep-seated recessionary tendencies.</p>
<p>The financial sector in the US and EU is rife with large scale fraud, swindles, mismanagement and falsified balance sheets, conditions previously prevalent among Latin economies. Wars proliferate. Military spending far exceeds productive investments, draining the US economy in a fashion reminiscent of the weapons spending during the reign of the warlords of Africa and the military dictators of Latin America.</p>
<p>In the EU, faced with brutal cuts in wages, pensions and jobs millions of workers and unemployed youth in Greece, Portugal, Spain and Italy have taken to the streets. General strikes threaten the stability of increasingly isolated regimes, reminiscent of the popular rebellions which resulted in regime changes in Latin America in the late 1990s and early 2000s. In the US, public protests reflect deepening private discontent: over 75% of the population expresses negative views of the Congress and 60% of the White House. Deepening political alienation of the US electorate is comparable to the loss of popular faith in Latin governments during the “lost decades”, 1980-2000.</p>
<p>Both the US and the EU have been radically transformed for the worse during the lost decade of the current century. Economically, politically and socially the ‘North’ has been “Latin Americanized”: social instability, economic stagnation, political alienation, growing class inequalities and poverty is presided over by corrupt political elites.</p>
<p><strong>Signs of the Better Times: Latin America</strong></p>
<p>Recently the finance minister of Brazil raised the possibility that the BRICs (Brazil, Russia, India and China) might take a hand in a “rescue plan” to prop up the crises-ridden economies of Europe. While the statement had greater symbolic rather substantive consequences, it does reflect a certain reality: while the North plunges into deeper, unending crises, the Latin economies are doing reasonably well.</p>
<p>Except for the Latin countries still under US dominance, especially Mexico and most of Central America, the rest of Latin America has not only avoided the crises afflicting the North but have been growing at a healthy rate, three times that of the US over the decade. The new millennium, especially between 2003-2011 (except for a brief interlude in 2009) has been a period of high growth, general prosperity, booming exports, rising imports, greater inter-regional co-operation, and large scale poverty reduction.</p>
<p>Brazil alone has reduced the number of poor by 30 million. Regular elections, relatively honest and competitive, result in stable legitimate transfers of political power. Except for US-backed coups in Honduras and intervention in Haiti and Venezuela, violent seizures of power have disappeared over the past decade. Regional institution–building has prospered with the advent of UNASUR and a Latin American regional bank.  Because of fiscal controls and banking regulations, both results of the lessons learned from the crisis of the lost decades (1980-2000), Latin America was only slightly affected by the US-EU financial crash of 2008-2011.</p>
<p>Latin American trade has doubled, especially with Asia, aided by China’s double digit growth. Demand for agro-mineral commodities has tripled. The key to this new export-powered growth is Latin America’s growing economic independence. This has led to the diversification of its markets, taking advantage of new opportunities and reducing their dependence on the US. Latin America’s emphasis on economic growth, new markets and investments has led it to avoid entanglements in the proliferating and costly colonial wars which engage the US and EU.</p>
<p>While the US and EU print more money and increase indebtedness to cover trade deficits, Latin America has quadrupled its foreign reserves. These cushion any downturns and avoid any dependence on the IMF, architect of the lost decades of the 1980s and 1990s.</p>
<p>Within Latin America, the issue of poverty reduction has been tackled with varying degrees of effectiveness. With Venezuela under President Chavez leading the way the general direction has been toward increasing social payments, by increments in most cases, but with greater efforts in others. Except for Mexico, nothing resembling the social cuts of the US-EU has taken place in Latin America. The most striking structural advances have occurred in Venezuela and to a lesser degree in Argentina. They have significantly increased the minimum wage and pensions and increased welfare payments to the most vulnerable (single mothers, the disabled, those in extreme poverty).</p>
<p>With the exception of Colombia (the US’s principle military ally in the region) which is still the murder capital of the world for human rights advocates, trade unionists and peasant activists, human rights violations have declined. While the US-EU have vastly increased their human rights violations geometrically via multiple colonial wars in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Pakistan, Somalia, Yemen and clandestine death squad ‘operations’, Latin America’s overseas human rights violations are largely limited to its occupation forces in Haiti – at the behest of the US and EU. Nevertheless repression of popular movements, especially indigenous peoples and peasant movements and students has increased in Bolivia, Chile, Brazil and elsewhere as the high growth policies on community rights and social expenditures.</p>
<p>Because of Latin America’s current political stability and dynamic growth, institutional and corporate investment is pouring into the region. In contrast the US and EU are suffering from disinvestment and declining rates of private investment. In other words, the development of Latin America is the other side of the coin of the US-EU under-development.</p>
<p><strong>Latin America: New Contradictions</strong></p>
<p>The class struggle is still the motor force in the social progress of Latin America. But unlike EU-US, Latin America’s class struggle is directed at increasing social and monitory wages, even if incrementally, as part of an offensive strategy to capture a greater share of rising income. In the US and EU the class struggle is ‘defensive’: an effort to stop declining income shares, limit job losses and cuts in pensions.</p>
<p>While militant class action including land occupations, street demonstrations and strikes are still part of the repertory of working class social weapons, they take place within the political parameters of democratic institutions. In Europe the elites have increasingly ignored mass street protests and strikes, largely pursuing austerity policies dictated by non-elected domestic and foreign bankers and creditors.</p>
<p>The limitations and ‘contradictions’ affecting all Latin American countries are located in the internal class inequalities. As national income has increased and exports boom, the inequalities between the ruling investor class and the mass of wage earners has increased. While initially the problem of class inequality was papered over by the general rise in living standards and employment, over time the employed and productive classes are no longer satisfied with incremental gains which barely surpass inflation rates. The rising standards of living have raised expectations. The percentage of poor may have declined but subsisting just above $4 dollars a day is increasingly unacceptable. Growth brings forth its own set of contradictions and a new set of demands. Formerly excluded classes included in the system, but exploited, have only their class organizations as their weapons to advance their socio-economic interests.</p>
<p>This is clearly the case in contemporary Chile where long term growth is accompanied by deeply entrenched inequalities comparable to the worse in the OECD. Beginning in July 2011 massive student protests over the high cost of public and private education and low levels of social expenditures have detonated mass activity from trade unions covering the gamut of economic sectors from teachers to copper miners.</p>
<p>The new and explosive issue confronting rulers and ruled in most of high growth Latin America is raising incomes for whom? The class issues are front and foremost in the current period and immediate future.</p>
<p>Growth, stability and democratic class struggles characterize most of the major countries, but not all. In several countries, the authoritarian and violent legacy of the dictatorial regimes continues robust. Colombia’s practice of murdering trade unionists, peasant leaders, journalists and human rights activists continues unabated: over 30 trade unionists were murdered during the first eight  months of 2011.</p>
<p>Honduras’ ruling regime, product of a US-backed coup and its allies among the paramilitary private armies of landowners, have killed scores of peasants and dozens of pro-democracy political and social activists.</p>
<p>Mexico’s killing fields are notorious: over 40,000 people have been killed by the police, military and drug gangs in a ‘war on drugs’ promoted by Obama and implemented by President Calderon.</p>
<p>What these three retro-regimes have in common is that they continue to follow the dictates of Washington, remain highly militarized states, with a strong US military and police presence in the form of bases, overseas advisers, and an intrusive role in setting policy. All three have failed to diversify markets and continue with a high degree of dependence on the stagnant US market. All have secured, or are in the process of signing, bi-lateral free trade agreements at the expense of exploring greater links with the dynamic Asian markets.</p>
<p>The three retro-regimes have never experienced the kind of popular rebellions and resultant center-left regimes which have emerged in most of Latin America. In Mexico pro-democracy candidates were twice defrauded of electoral victories, first in 1988 and later in 2006. In Honduras, a progressive liberal democratic President seeking to diversify markets was ousted by a military coup backed by the Obama regime in 2010. In Colombia, the murder of 5,000 activists and leaders of the pro-democracy Patriotic Union between 1984-86, the subsequent assassination of several thousand social activists, blocked a democratic opening. The abrupt termination of peace negotiations in 2002 and the total militarization of the country (2002-2011) funded by $6 billion in US military aid precluded the emergence of the political and social changes, which have dynamized the rest of Latin America’s sustained growth and opened the door for ‘democratic class struggle’.</p>
<p>While most of Latin America has forged ahead, thus far largely avoiding the instability and economic crises of the US and EU, past legacies and present inequities present a new set of structural impediments to the consolidation of long-term growth and political and social stability. The biggest structural contradiction is found in the high growth/increasing inequalities, socio-economic model based on the “3 ½ alliance”: foreign capital-national capital-the developmental state and the co-opted trade union/peasant leaders.</p>
<p>The profits and investments of this power configuration has been driven by the growth of agro-mineral exports, rising commodity prices, easy consumer credit and state regulation of financial markets. The economic returns on growth have been disproportionately appropriated by the “big three” with incremental payoffs to a minority of better paid organized workers. The ‘residuals’ are used to “lift the poor” from abject poverty to subsistence.</p>
<p>These growing inequalities have been “papered over” by the general rise of income, easy credit and improved public services. But rising incomes have set in motion a new set of class conflicts which will be exacerbated when the prices of commodities decline and the governments can no longer fund incremental improvements. Even today, severe conflicts have emerged between predator mining and timber, multi nationals and Indian/peasants in Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia and Chile. These sometimes violent struggles between the state/MNC and peasants in the “periphery of the countryside” can detonate a larger conflict in the central cities, if export revenues decline.</p>
<p>The second contradiction is between the “marginalized working poor” and a new class of local middle and business class investors who have invested their “savings” in shares of the foreign and locally-owned mining companies. Conservative and closely aligned with the rapacious multi-nationals, these new middle class investors have enriched themselves on the bases of unregulated plunder of natural resources and contamination of the adjoining rural communities. If, and when, commodity prices nose dive, the regimes will face a bankrupt hysterical middle class looking for a political savior where none exist, at least among the existing civilian parties.</p>
<p>The rightward drift of the center-left regimes and their opportune links to big business especially in Brazil, Uruguay, Bolivia, Ecuador and Paraguay has led to corruption in high places. Liberalization and exorbitant executive salaries has been accompanied by “unofficial payoffs” to public officials. Corruptions has eroded the social ethic of center-left politicians and replaced it with the ethos of “bringing in new and bigger investments”, whatever shortcuts and payoffs it requires. Corruption at the top spreads downwards greasing the wheels for foreign investors, but certainly lowering the trust and loyalties of employees and formal and informal workers not in the ‘magic circle’, a bribe takers and givers. “Patronage” and poverty reduction payouts can limit the fallout from corruption in high places among poverty-funded recipients. However, in time of economic downturn, it can turn social protests toward political regime change.</p>
<p>The third contradiction is found between the high level of dependency on commodity exports (which heretofore have been the dynamic element of growth) and the relative and absolute decline of manufacturing exports and production. The growth of income from commodities has led to the appreciation of the currency which has lessened the competitiveness of nationally produced manufactured products, leading to a sharp decline in profits and even bankruptcy.</p>
<p>Asian manufacturer-exporters – especially in China and to a lesser extent India and Korea &#8211; are increasingly penetrating Latin markets with lower cost finished products “de-industrializing” the Latin economies. In some cases, Latin American capitalists are looking to investing in Asia to lower costs and exporting back to their “home markets”. Brazilian industry, which has been hardest hit, has initiated “protectionist” measures including tariffs, 65% local content rules and state subsidies to counter the de-diversification of the economy.</p>
<p>The fourth contradiction is found precisely in the successful economic growth and high returns, which has attracted both speculative and “takeover” capital as well as productive investments. Speculative capital will flee and destabilize the financial system at the first sign of slowdown. Foreign ownership will lessen the government’s ability to leverage investment decisions in time of crises. Productive investments respond to expanding markets. They do not create them.</p>
<p>In summary, Latin America’s decade long dynamic growth has certainly out-performed the US and EU on a whole series of important economic, social and political dimensions. Yet, out of this growth have emerged a new set of contradictions and the need to correct increasingly grave “imbalances”: popular demands for a shift in income distribution, industrialist pressure for a rebalancing of the economy from dependence on finance and commodities to manufacturing and the urban poor demand improved social services especially in public health care and crowded classrooms.</p>
<p>These changes require a structural adjustment in the power structure. The economic imbalances reflect the growing concentration of political power among the extractive capitalists, bankers and local middle class investors of the major cities. Public employees, labor, the urban poor, the peasants and environmentally concerned Indians and ecologists, are marginalized from the key economic posts. They need to once again take to the streets with new independent movements which raise two basic questions: What kind of growth and growth for whom?</p>
<p><strong>Lessons of Latin America: Listen Yankees and Eurocrats</strong></p>
<p>Can the positive lessons of the dynamic Latin American experience provide a ‘model’ for the US and Europe? Is the “model”, in whole or part, transferable to the North or are the two regions so different that the lessons are not applicable?</p>
<p>Granted there are vast historical, cultural, economic and political differences between the regions yet some lessons from the Latin America’s decade of dynamic growth provides new ideas to counter the negative, self-defeating economic formulas put forth and practiced by US and EU experts, economists and policymakers.</p>
<p>Let us start from the beginning. The rise of Latin America was precipitated by a deep economic crisis, the breakdown of the economy, large scale unemployment and the impoverishment of the middle class. The crises led to the total discrediting of what has been called alternately the “free market”, “neo-liberal” and “de-regulated” capitalist model. So far so good: the US and EU likewise are experiencing a prolonged and deepening economic crises which has bankrupted Southern Europe, plunged the US into a double dip recession and led to a 20% un and underemployment rate. The entire “political class” in the US and Europe is largely discredited. From there forward the regions diverge.</p>
<p>In Latin America, the crises led to mass protests, popular uprisings and regime changes. Post neo-liberal center-left regimes, under mass pressure, subsequently launched employment generating investments and aid poverty reducing public works programs. Argentina, facing a financial crisis similar to Greece, Portugal and Spain today, defaulted on its foreign debt – channeling public revenues into reviving the economy. Because financial speculation linked to Wall Street and the City of London precipitated the crises, the Latin regimes instituted financial controls and regulations which limited financial volatility. The new regimes, influenced by the commodity boom, diversified their trading partners, entering dynamic Asian markets, reaping high returns and stimulating local consumption and public investments. What lessons can the crises-ridden US and EU learn from the Latin America’s successful recovery and expansion?</p>
<p>First, the beginning of a successful response depends on a political transformation. Regime change, a complete break with the ‘neo-liberal’ free market, and the political leaders and parties who are totally embedded in failed institutions and policies. Regime change presupposes the eruption of dynamic mass organizations, new, old, improvised and organized, capable of moving from protest and resistance to political power.</p>
<p>The object is to rebalance the US and EU economies from “financialization” and “militarism” to large scale, long term investments in manufacturing, applied technology, civilian infrastructure and social services. Direct public investments and loans applied to concrete employment-generating projects; total rejection of trickle down, monetary policies which never move from private banks to public works.</p>
<p>The entire militarist- Zionist-permanent war mentality is entirely vulnerable to change: doing so, will create jobs, the top priority for over two-thirds of the US public. The “war on terrorism”, the banner of the warlords in office, is considered a priority by only 3% of Americans. Once again the shift from militarism to the civilian economy in Latin America was a result of popular civilian upheavals via the street and the ballot box.</p>
<p>Of course, the Latin American republics had an easier time in rebalancing their economic priorities from failed military rulers and discredited neo-liberal policies. Citizen movements in the US and EU imperial states will have a harder time in closing down hundreds of military bases, ousting militarist politicians backed by powerful domestic and foreign lobbies and converting the empires to productive republics. Yet, Latin American exporters have prospered by avoiding entanglement in overseas imperial wars. They continue to pursue new markets in the Middle East and elsewhere instead of destroying adversaries of Israel as the EU and US have done through colonial wars in Iraq and Libya and sanctions against Iran, Syria and Venezuela.</p>
<p>The contrasting performance between Latin American republics and Euro-American empire builders is striking. The US and EU should shed their self-centered images of “successful” developed countries and outdated stereotype of Latin America as a collection of “volatile”, coup prone underdeveloped countries. The US is in deep trouble and it is heading into a deeper, less manageable economic crisis with few resources to counter it. Internationally it is increasingly isolated and in conflict with potential economic partners. Washington sides with Israel, alienating over 1.5 billion rich and poor Islamic peoples, from Saudi Arabia to Pakistan and all points east, west and south. It antagonizes Brazil via financial pump priming, overpricing the real (Brazilian currency) without helping US recovery.<br />
Domestic and international failures multiply as the crisis deepens and nothing proposed by the blighted incumbents and besotted opposition offers any programmatic solution.</p>
<p>As in Latin America during the first years of this decade we need a popular rebellion: we need a profound regime change; we need to think of productive public investments not monumental loss of capital via Wall Street speculation and the waste of public resources via expenditures in weapons of destruction.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/10/latin-america-growth-stability-and-inequalities/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Predatory Clinical Trials</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/09/predatory-clinical-trials/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/09/predatory-clinical-trials/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2011 15:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Kamalakar Duvvuru</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Crimes against Humanity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guatemala]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharmaceuticals]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=37086</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[It is the poor one who saves: Middle-class rich boy that I was, I never would have thought that it would be the poor who would be my salvation. Owing to the upbringing I had received at my mother’s hands, as well as the attitude of the church I had been attending up until that [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote><p>It is the poor one who saves: Middle-class rich boy that I was, I never would have thought that it would be the poor who would be my salvation. Owing to the upbringing I had received at my mother’s hands, as well as the attitude of the church I had been attending up until that time, I had always thought that it was we rich and well-to-do who would be the ones to rescue the poor. The latter depended on us, it seemed, and our generosity was their salvation. Without us they would have been destined to death. What blindness was ours and mine! The truth was just the contrary…It was the poor who would be my salvation, and not I theirs. It was they who would put me back on my feet.</p>
<p>— Francis of Assisi</p>
<p>The poverty of our century is unlike that of any other.  It is not, as poverty was before, the result of natural scarcity, but of a set of priorities imposed upon the rest of the world by the rich. Consequently, the modern poor are not pitied&#8230;but written off as trash. The twentieth-century consumer economy has produced the first culture for which a beggar is a reminder of nothing.</p>
<p>— John Berger</p></blockquote>
<p>The essence of the statement of Francis of Assisi is very apt to the issue of “clinical trials and poor”, although he made it in a different context. John Berger’s statement provides the reason for using poor and vulnerable as “guinea pigs” for clinical trials.</p>
<p>Using poor and vulnerable for clinical trials is nothing new. This has been going on for a long time.</p>
<p>The US covert clinical trials on the poor and vulnerable in Guatemala came to light in 2010 after Wellesley College professor Susan Reverby stumbled upon archived documents outlining the experiment led by the US doctor John Cutler during 1946-1948. The Guatemalan study, which was never published, was interested in whether penicillin could be used not only as a cure of venereal diseases but also as a prophylaxis (to prevent the disease from spreading). Nearly 5500 people were subjected to diagnostic testing and more than 1300, including Guatemalan soldiers, prisoners, commercial sex workers and mental patients, were exposed to syphilis by human contact or inoculations.</p>
<p>Initially the researchers infected female Guatemalan commercial sex workers with gonorrhea or syphilis, and then encouraged them to have unprotected sex with soldiers or prison inmates. Neither were subjects told what the purpose of the research was nor were they warned of its potentially fatal consequences. When the researchers couldn’t create enough infection through commercial sex workers, they started to do inoculations.</p>
<p>Some of the experiments were shocking. For example, seven women with epilepsy, who were in Home for the Insane, were injected with syphilis below the back of the skull. Another female syphilis patient was infected with gonorrhea in her eyes and elsewhere, in order to see the impact of an additional infection. Six months later she died.</p>
<p>Within the group that was subjected to clinical trials there were 83 deaths, according to Stephen Hauser, a member of US presidential commission. “It was not an accident that this happened in Guatemala,” commission president Amy Gutmann said, “Some of the people involved (in the research) said we could not do this in our own country.” The US researchers “systematically failed to act in accordance with minimal respect for human rights and morality in conduct of research,” Gutmann said, citing “substantial evidence” of an attempted cover up.</p>
<p>The Guatemalan president Alvaro Colom has called these experiments conducted by the US National Institutes of Health “crimes against humanity”. The Guatemala Study nauseated ethicists on multiple levels. Beyond infecting subjects with terrible disease, it was clear that people in the study did not understand what was being done to them or were not able to give their consent. Scientists showed no interest in the rights of the subjects of research. Nuremberg Code says doing this kind of research on people who cannot give informed consent is immoral and a crime against humanity.</p>
<p>Many US medical researchers, however, considered people like prisoners, mental patients and poor African Americans (i.e. poor people of different ethnicity) not fully human. So they felt that it was legitimate to experiment on these sections of people who did not have full rights in society. So, for American scientists the question of violation of human rights did not arise. In a federally funded study in 1942 male patients at a state insane asylum in Ypsilanti, Michigan, were injected experimental flu vaccine and then exposed them to flu several months later. Some of the men were not able to describe their symptoms, raising questions about how well they understood what was being done to them. According to a report, the test subjects were “senile and debilitated”.</p>
<p>In another federally funded study in the 1940s, Dr. W. Paul Havens, a World Health Organisation expert on viral diseases, exposed men to hepatitis in a series of experiments, including one using mental patients from mental institutions in Middletown and Norwich, Connecticut.</p>
<p>From 1963 to 1966, researchers intentionally gave hepatitis to mentally retarded children housed at the Willowbrook State School in Staten Island, New York, in an attempt to track the development of the viral infection and to test gamma globulin against it. According to a report, parents were told that the only way their child could be admitted to Willowbrook was through the hepatitis unit.</p>
<p>For a study in 1957, when the Asian flu epidemic was spreading, US government researchers sprayed the virus in the noses of 23 inmates at Patuxent prison in Jessup, Maryland, to compare their reactions to those of 32 virus exposed inmates who had been given a new vaccine.</p>
<p>Conducting medical experiments on prisoners increased with the huge growth in the US pharmaceutical and health care industries in the late 1940s and 1950s. By the 1960s, at least half the states allowed prisoners to be used as medical “guinea pigs”. In the congressional hearings in 1973, pharmaceutical industry officials acknowledged they were using prisoners for testing because they were cheaper than chimpanzees.</p>
<p>As the supply of prisoners and mental patients dried up, and regulations in the industrially developed countries have been made more stringent due to public outcry, medical researchers of these countries looked to countries where clinical trials could be done more cheaply with fewer or virtually nonexistent regulations, easy availability of more number of poor and vulnerable people, and favourable epidemiological conditions. The weakness of local health care structures generates a docile patient pool, making the process easier.</p>
<p>As recently as 1990, according to the inspector general of the Department of Health and Human Services, US, a mere 271 trials were being conducted in foreign countries of drugs intended for American use. By 2008 the number had risen to 6485 – an increase of more than 2000%. A database being compiled by the National Institutes of Health has identified 58788 such trials in 173 countries outside the US since 2000. In 2008 alone, according to the inspector general’s report, 80% of the applications submitted to the FDA for new drugs contained data from foreign clinical trials. Increasingly, the pharmaceutical companies are doing 100% of their testing in other countries. The inspector general found that the 20 largest US based companies now conducted “one-third of their clinical trials exclusively at foreign sites.”</p>
<p>One of the favoured destinations for clinical trials is India, due to its appealing advantages such as its widely spoken English, skilled workforce, established medical infrastructure, favourable regulatory environment, minimum ethical oversight, shorter patient recruitment time and cost effectiveness. India has a vast pool of patients, and among them many are “treatment naïve” meaning they have never taken any medication for their illness. This is very important for clinical trials, because it lowers the risk of unforeseen drug interactions and avoids the troublesome process of weaning patients off one medication and onto another.</p>
<p>Enticed by a $30 billion lucrative business of clinical trials Indian government is aggressively scrambling to catch Big Pharma’s eye. By making favourable policy changes for clinical trials by foreign companies, India, the hub of outsourced labour, is positioning itself in a newly lucrative role: “guinea pig” to the world.</p>
<p>In 2005 the Indian government took a more controversial step, amending a long-standing law that limited the kind of trials that foreign pharmaceutical companies could conduct. That law allowed companies to test drugs on Indian patients only after the drugs had been proven safe in trials conducted in the country of origin. In January 2005 the government threw out that constraint. It started improving staff and infrastructure, and making regulatory changes to speed up processing of applications. Public hospitals are being promoted as clinical trial sites. Mostly it is the poor, who cannot afford to go to private hospitals, who make use of the services of public hospitals. This makes them vulnerable to the enticement of drug trials, as the doctor-patient relationship in India is unique. They may be easily influenced by the doctor’s advice. Patients may not question their doctor’s judgment. They may also believe that refusal to follow the doctor’s advice to enter a trial would affect their access to medical care. So there is scope for a direct conflict of interest, especially if physicians are paid recruitment fees and all-expenses paid conferences abroad trips as a reward for recruiting their patients into trials. At the same time, by conducting the clinical trials, the under-resourced public hospitals gain some equipment and money.</p>
<p>Dr. Samiran Nundy, former editor of the <em>Indian Journal of Medical Ethics</em>, expressed doubt about the effect of the Indian government’s decision to relax the laws governing drug trials by foreign companies. He said the decision will increase the number of large scale drug trials conducted in India and put more patients at risk of exploitation. “Too many researchers fail to declare conflicts of interest, and it is only too easy to buy up poor illiterate patients, who are unable to give truly informed consent, and recruit them to trials which are of little or no benefit to them and which fail to safeguard their interests,” he said.</p>
<p>The growth of the clinical-trial industry in India needs to be seen within the social and economic context of the country. According to the United Nations, 40 percent of people in India are illiterate. Illiteracy puts many at risk not knowing whether the treatment their doctor is prescribing is a regular treatment or a part of a clinical trial. Moreover, doctors are respected to the point of being revered. So the likelihood of a poor person questioning their doctor about a specific treatment is low.</p>
<p>With the onset of neoliberalism the gap between rich and poor in India is widening. About 830 million people live on less than 20 rupees a day. Poverty forces some to enroll in clinical trials as a way to make a living. Faced with the fewest options, poor patients are most likely to try or be forcibly volunteered for risky new treatments due to lack of basic, affordable health care. Dr. Kalantri bemoans what he sees as skewed clinical trial demographics. “Ninety percent of patients being recruited in India are poor,” he says, “That’s the reality. Trials enroll very few patients who are rich, literate and capable of asking awkward questions.” As a result the poor and illiterate bear the consequences of the experiments of new drugs.</p>
<p>In a way the policies of the Indian government are also contributing to the fate of the poor, and facilitating clinical trials in public hospitals. For more than a decade, government policy has been to reduce public support for health care services, and these services are under-resourced. Health economists have pointed out that only 15% of the 1500 billion rupees spent in the health sector in India comes from the government. 4% comes from social insurance and 1% from private insurance companies. The remaining 80% is spent by individuals using private services and without insurance. Two-thirds of health care users bear 100% of their health care expenses. 70% of these health care users are poor.</p>
<p>In August 2008, it was reported that 49 babies below the age of 12 months have died at India’s best known medical institute, the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS). The babies have died since January 2006, following the administration of new drugs and therapies under clinical trials. According to the information obtained under the Right to Information Act by Rahul Verma of an NGO called the Uday Foundation for Congenital Defects and Rare Blood Groups, 4142 babies were used for clinical trials conducted by the Department of Pediatrics since 1st January 2006, out of which 2728 babies were under one year of age. In an interview published in Delhi based newspaper <em>MetroNow</em> on 22 August 2008 Dr. Veena Kalra, former HOD-Pediatrics, AIIMS, stated that she did not rule out the possibility that the deaths of 49 babies in clinical trials and parents belonging to economically weaker sections could be true. She took voluntary retirement in 2008. That means the majority of these clinical trials happened when she was the HOD of the pediatric department.</p>
<p>Two of the trial drugs – olmesartan and valsartan, meant for reducing blood pressure – have never been tried on patients below the age of 18 years, according to Dr. Chandra Gulhati, editor of the Monthly Index of Medical Specialities.</p>
<p>In 2010 an investigation by a women’s health rights group, SAMA, exposed gross ethical violations of a study, where nearly 23,500 tribal girls between ages of 10-14 years in Andhra Pradesh and Gujarat were given the Human Papilloma Virus (HPV) vaccine that prevents cervical cancer. The clinical trials were carried out by an international NGO, the Program for Appropriate Technology and Health (PATH), in collaboration with the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) and the governments of Andhra Pradesh and Gujarat. Most of the tribal girls, who were used as “guinea pigs”, were staying in government hostels for tribal students. In Andhra Pradesh nearly 2800 consent forms were signed by either a hostel warden or a headmaster. The fact that teachers played a “primary role” in explaining and “obtaining consent” meant that the consent was obtained under coercion. The investigation by SAMA revealed some disturbing facts. Given their background of poverty and under-nourishment, the tribal girls were given vaccine. Moreover, the information brochure provided to them was in English. So neither they nor the health worker administering the vaccine to them could read and understand. This raises the ethical question of obtaining “informed consent” from these tribal girls or their parents. Doing this kind of research on people who cannot give informed consent is immoral and a crime against humanity.</p>
<p>The most important question is, what criteria did the researchers apply to select tribal girls for the study? Is it their poverty, illiteracy (of their parents) and vulnerability that drove the researchers, with an active complicity of the Indian government and the health officials, to conduct risky clinical trials on these poor tribal people? Because their poverty desist them from taking any legal action against the multinational companies and their collaborators such as the central and state governments and ICMR, if the clinical trials consume their life. This is what happened to the loved ones of the seven girls who died after receiving the vaccine. Their parents, knowing full well that their children died only after receiving the vaccine, could only grieve for their children and for their helplessness to demand justice. (Watch the documentary produced by Zeina Awad, a reporter for Al Jazeera’s “Fault Lines” programme. Her report, “<a href="http://english.aljazeera.net/programmes/faultlines/2011/07/2011711112453541600.html" target="_blank">Outsourced: Clinical Trials Overseas,” </a>aired on Al Jazeera English).</p>
<p>When the very government, which is supposed to look after the welfare of its citizens and protect the weak and vulnerable from the vultures like pharmaceutical companies, colludes with profit-driven multinational companies, one can imagine the plight of marginalised sections like tribals in India.</p>
<p>SAMA’s exposure of the ethical violations of the clinical trials, followed by the public outcry, forced the Indian central government to set up an inquiry committee in order to pacify the public, but not to do anything that would hurt the lucrative clinical trials business or antagonise multinational pharmaceutical companies. For the government, pharmaceutical companies and researchers, money is more important than the lives of poor people. They don’t mind profiting at the expense of the health and life of poor tribal girls. The committee did not indict either the drug company or the organisation that conducted the study. The inquiry concluded that the seven deaths were “most probably unrelated to the vaccine” and “the cause of death in all the cases cannot be established with certainty.” It observed “several minor deficiencies in the planning and conduct of the study”. But the reality is these “minor deficiencies” caused the death of seven innocent tribal students. The “minor deficiencies” include no proper monitoring of the health of these girls for adverse effects of the drug.</p>
<p>According to Menaka Gandhi, a member of the Indian parliament, there is a growing number of clinical trial deaths – 137 deaths in 2007, 288 in 2008 and 637 in 2009. Imagine the uproar if so many clinical trial deaths happened in America or Europe. This can happen only elsewhere as a result of the drug trials conducted by the American and European pharmaceutical companies.</p>
<p>According to an investigation, pharmaceutical companies conducting clinical trials in India have not compensated for the clinical trial deaths. Of 671 deaths that were reported in 2010, there is evidence that compensation was paid in just three cases. The Indian health ministry has asked 44 pharmaceutical companies, including Eli Lilly, Novartis, Pfizer, Bayer, Merck, Johnson &amp; Johnson and Sanofi-Aventis, to explain why they have not paid compensation. For example, data compiled by the ministry show there were 152 deaths reported during Sanofi trials and 138 in Bayer trials. What is interesting is the answer given by the companies or the researchers whenever clinical trial deaths happened. A Novartis spokesperson told that its clinical trial investigation found that deaths were not caused by the trial drug, but instead due to the progression of underlying diseases. So compensation was not paid in such cases. Other pharmaceutical companies also offered similar argument. For the deaths of 49 babies, AIIMS presented similar defense, saying that no death was “attributable to the study treatments used” and “the deaths were due to the natural history of the severe disease that the children suffered from.” This is the conclusion also of the inquiry committee set up by the Indian central government on the deaths of the vaccine for cervical cancer: “(The seven deaths were) most probably unrelated to the vaccine…(and) the cause of death in all the cases cannot be established with certainty.”</p>
<p>In this light, outsourcing drug trials to a country where decent medical care is scarce and cost of medicine is beyond the reach of the poor, is just the globalization and continuation of the same old equation – poor and vulnerable of different ethnicity are not fully human, and so can be used as “guinea pigs” for clinical trials to extend life of the rich, and to produce more profits for the pharmaceutical companies and the facilitators like government policy-makers and medical professionals at the expense of the health and life of the poor (the same attitude may be seen even in the past and present American and European imperial wars). India is able to provide significant cost savings of 50-60% for clinical trials. No wonder the clinical trials market in India has been expanding at an astounding 36% annually from 2006-07 to 2010-11, according to a study conducted by the Centre for Studies in Ethics and Rights, Mumbai. The study, however, shows that the increase in clinical trials has no correlation to the disease scenario in the country. Most trials are of relatively expensive drugs offering only marginal benefit over existing ones. 13.4% of drug trials is for cancer drugs, although cancer is not among the top ten killers in India. But it is among the top ten in industrially developed countries. According to the study, trials on perinatal conditions, a major cause for deaths in India, constitute just 2.9%. Only 16 out of 1078 drug trials were on lower respiratory tract infections, although they are among the biggest killers both in India and other developing countries, the study observes.</p>
<p>What the majority of Indians need is basic, affordable health care and nutrition. In India Article 21 of Fundamental Rights assures the right to live with dignity. The state is under a constitutional obligation to see that there is no violation of the fundamental right of any person, particularly when she/he belongs to weaker sections of the society, either by failing to provide the basic health care and nutrition, or by facilitating (or colluding with) vultures like pharmaceutical companies to exploit marginalised people in the society.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/09/predatory-clinical-trials/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Stopping the Train: Stopping the System</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/07/stopping-the-train-stopping-the-system/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/07/stopping-the-train-stopping-the-system/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2011 15:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ron Jacobs</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Book Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Central Ixachilan (America)]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[antiwar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Blood On the Tracks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Central America]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Concord Naval Weapons Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[S. Brian Willson]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=34998</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In a world where the violence of war can be safely ignored by most of the population because it occurs in faraway lands the need for moral witness has never been greater. When the recipient of the Nobel Peace prize unabashedly claims that the violence of war is sometimes necessary and then pursues a policy [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>	In a world where the violence of war can be safely ignored by most of the population because it occurs in faraway lands the need for moral witness has never been greater.  When the recipient of the Nobel Peace prize unabashedly claims that the violence of war is sometimes necessary and then pursues a policy dependent on increasing that violence, the need for those who oppose such a philosophy to speak up would seem essential to human survival.  When the economy of the world&#8217;s richest nation goes into free-fall because it insists on destroying lives and land in at least three different nations under the guise of fighting for their freedom, the need to put one&#8217;s life on the line to end those wars and the economy that creates them has never been clearer.  </p>
<p>Unfortunately, in recent years, the number of people actually willing to do so seems to have diminished to a relative handful.  Of that handful, even fewer are known outside their own circles.  Even this latter group finds it difficult to be acknowledged by the greater population.  Much of this inability to get publicity can be attributed to the mainstream media machine whose sole purpose is to gear the population up for the next invasion and accompanying repression of rights at home.  Occasionally, however, an act so dramatic and courageous creates a situation that not even the corporate media machine can ignore it.</p>
<p>One of those instances occurred on September 1, 1987 outside of the Concord Naval Weapons Station (CNWS) in Concord, California.  It was on that day that military veterans Duncan Murphy, David Duncombe and S. Brian Willson sat down on some train tracks outside of CNWS as part of an attempt to block trains carrying weapons and other materials bound for Central America.  In Central America, these materials were being used by the El Salvadoran military to kill revolutionaries and their civilian supporters.  In Nicaragua and Honduras those materials were being used by US-funded paramilitaries and the Honduran military to destroy the popular government of Nicaragua.  Protests like the one that took place that day in 1987 had been going on for weeks.  The trains had always stopped before reaching any protesters on the tracks and waited for local police to arrest the protesters.  On September 1, 1987 the train did not stop.  In fact, it sped up as it headed towards the three men.  Two of the men were able to extricate themselves from the tracks at the last moment.  Willson could not.  In seconds his legs were crushed and his skull pierced.  His body bounced around under the still moving train as the men driving it continued on their way back on to base property.  If it had not been for the medical knowledge and quick action of Willson&#8217;s fellow protesters, he would have died.  Given the impact the attempt on Willson&#8217;s life had in the national media, one can be fairly certain that there were those involved in waging the US wars in Central America who wished he had died.</p>
<p><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/blood_DV.jpg"><img src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/blood_DV.jpg" alt="" title="blood_DV" width="167" height="250" class="alignright size-full wp-image-35007" /></a>As it turned out, Willson lost his legs, but otherwise recovered.  He was hailed as a hero by the Nicaraguan people and became something of a moral beacon for the anti-intervention movement in the United States.  His memoir, <em><a href="http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1604864214/dissivoice-20">Blood On the Tracks</a></em>, was recently published by PM Press.  The tale he tells is one that is not completely unique to Willson, although the specifics certainly are.  Born in a small town in the eastern US, he played sports in high school, went to college, went into the military and served in a war.  His particular war was Vietnam.  Like most of his fellow GIs, Willson never seriously questioned or understood why he was being sent to Vietnam before he was in country.  However, once he got there, the murderous contradictions began to challenge his very core.  When eh wondered aloud why civilians were being killed and labeled as the enemy, he was told to shut up.  When he didn&#8217;t shut up, his tour was shortened and his military life was essentially over.  Thus began what would become his future as an antiwar activist, even though he did not know it at the time.  </p>
<p>Willson&#8217;s narrative is a deeply personal story contextualized by a growing awareness of the avaricious and murderous history of the country he always called his own.  This growing awareness created a situation quite common amongst Willson&#8217;s compatriots of the 1960s and 1970s&#8211;a situation best described as cognitive dissonance.  In other words, everything he had been led to believe about his nation was a lie.  Furthermore, he was complicit in living and perpetrating that lie.  His (and our) complicity is so complete that even if we do nothing to support Washington&#8217;s wars and Wall Street&#8217;s rapaciousness, we remain complicit by the fact of our citizenship.  Willson&#8217;s realization is what motivated him to untangle himself from the web of complicity all US citizens are tangled in.  Like so many others, his journey involved opposing the wars of his nation.  Unlike so many others, it cost him part of his physical body.</p>
<p>	S. Brian Willson doesn&#8217;t just acknowledge his and our complicity; he demands that we challenge it.  Even more, he demands that we work to end it.  As anyone knows, this is not an easy or necessarily desirable path.  Yet, in the moral universe of Willson, there is no alternative to certain destruction unless every U.S American confronts their role in maintaining the machinery of death and greed we call America.  Like the revolutionary Mario Savio told a crowd at UC Berkeley in 1964, you must &#8220;&#8221;There&#8217;s a time when the operation of the machine becomes so odious—makes you so sick at heart—that you can&#8217;t take part. You can&#8217;t even passively take part. And you&#8217;ve got to put your bodies upon the gears and upon the wheels, upon the levers, upon all the apparatus, and you&#8217;ve got to make it stop.  And you&#8217;ve indicate to the people who run it, to the people who own it, that unless you&#8217;re free, the machine will be prevented from working at all!&#8221;  <em>Blood On the Tracks</em> is the story of one man&#8217;s attempt to change the direction of that machine or, failing in that, preventing it from working at all.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/07/stopping-the-train-stopping-the-system/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>SlutWalk Lands in Tegucigalpa</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/06/slutwalk-lands-in-tegucigalpa/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/06/slutwalk-lands-in-tegucigalpa/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2011 15:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Real News Network (TRNN)</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Gender]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LGBTQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=33866</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Honduran capital of Tegucigalpa is the latest in roughly 80 cities internationally to hold a SlutWalk. Marchers in Honduras came out for a variety of reasons including: bringing an end to street harassment, demanding an end to the rising rate of murdered women in the country, reproductive rights in a country where the morning [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Honduran capital of Tegucigalpa is the latest in roughly 80 cities internationally to hold a SlutWalk. Marchers in Honduras came out for a variety of reasons including: bringing an end to street harassment, demanding an end to the rising rate of murdered women in the country, reproductive rights in a country where the morning after pill is banned and abortion carries a 3-6 year prison sentence.</p>
<p><object classid="clsid:d27cdb6e-ae6d-11cf-96b8-444553540000" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0" width="500" height="290"><param name="width" value="500"/><param name="height" value="290"/><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true"/><param name="src" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/wqmqdMDKdtc&#038;fs=1&#038;rel=1&#038;showsearch=0" /><embed type="application/x-shockwave-flash" src="http://www.youtube.com/v/wqmqdMDKdtc&#038;fs=1&#038;hl=en&#038;showsearch=0" width="500" height="290"  allowfullscreen="true"> </a></embed></object></p>
<p>Produced by Jesse Freeston.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/06/slutwalk-lands-in-tegucigalpa/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Chavez’s Right Turn:  State Realism versus International Solidarity</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/06/chavez%e2%80%99s-right-turn-state-realism-versus-international-solidarity/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/06/chavez%e2%80%99s-right-turn-state-realism-versus-international-solidarity/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 15:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>James Petras</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Argentina]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Assassinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Brazil]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[China/Tibet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crimes against Humanity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cuba]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Germany]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mexico]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Russia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=33690</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The radical “Bolivarian Socialist” government of Hugo Chavez has arrested a number of Colombian guerrilla leaders and a radical journalist with Swedish citizenship and handed them over to the right-wing regime of President Juan Manuel Santos, earning the Colombian government’s praise and gratitude. The close on-going collaboration between a leftist President with a regime with [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The radical “Bolivarian Socialist” government of Hugo Chavez has arrested a number of Colombian guerrilla leaders and a radical journalist with Swedish citizenship and handed them over to the right-wing regime of President Juan Manuel Santos, earning the Colombian government’s praise and gratitude.  The close on-going collaboration between a leftist President with a regime with a notorious history of human rights violations, torture and disappearance of political prisoners has led to widespread protests among civil liberty advocates, leftists and populists throughout Latin America and Europe, while pleasing the Euro-American imperial establishment.</p>
<p>On April 26, 2011, Venezuelan immigration officials, relying exclusively on information from the Colombian secret police (DAS), arrested a naturalized Swedish citizen and journalist (Joaquin Perez Becerra) of Colombian descent, who had just arrived in the country.  Based on Colombian secret police allegations that the Swedish citizen was a ‘FARC leader’, Perez was extradited to Colombia within 48 hours. Despite the fact that it was in violation of international diplomatic protocols and the Venezuelan constitution, this action had the personal backing of President Chavez.  A month later, the Venezuelan armed forces joined their Colombian counterparts and captured a leader of the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC), Guillermo Torres (with the nom de Guerra Julian Conrado) who is awaiting extradition to Colombia in a Venezuelan prison without access to an attorney.    On March 17, Venezuelan Military Intelligence (DIM) detained two alleged guerrillas from the National Liberation Army (ELN), Carlos Tirado and Carlos Perez, and turned them over to the Colombian secret police.</p>
<p>The new public face of Chavez as a partner of the repressive Colombian regime is not so new after all.  On December 13, 2004, Rodrigo Granda, an international spokesperson for the FARC, and a naturalized Venezuelan citizen, whose family resided in Caracas, was snatched by plain-clothes Venezuelan intelligence agents in downtown Caracas where he had been participating in an international conference and secretly taken to Colombia with the ‘approval’ of the Venezuelan Ambassador in Bogota.  Following several weeks of international protest, including from many conference participants, President Chavez issued a statement describing the ‘kidnapping’ as a violation of Venezuelan sovereignty and threatened to break relations with Colombia.  In more recent times, Venezuela has stepped up the extradition of revolutionary political opponents of Colombia’s narco-regime:  In the first five months of 2009, Venezuela extradited 15 alleged members of the ELN and in November 2010, a FARC militant and two suspected members of the ELN were handed over to the Colombian police.  In January 2011 Nilson Teran Ferreira, a suspected ELN leader, was delivered to the Colombian military.  The collaboration between Latin America’s most notorious authoritarian right wing regime and the supposedly most radical ‘socialist’ government raises important issues about the meaning of political identities and how they relate to domestic and international politics and more specifically what principles and interests guide state policies.</p>
<p><strong>Revolutionary Solidarity and State Interests</strong></p>
<p>The recent ‘turn’ in Venezuela politics, from expressing sympathy and even support for revolutionary struggles and movements in Latin America to its present collaboration with pro-imperial right wing regimes, has numerous historical precedents.  It may help to examine the contexts and circumstances of these collaborations:</p>
<p>The Bolshevik revolutionary government in Russia initially gave whole-hearted support to revolutionary uprisings in Germany, Hungary, Finland and elsewhere.  With the defeats of these revolts and the consolidation of the capitalist regimes, Russian state and economic interests took prime of place among the Bolshevik leaders.  Trade and investment agreements, peace treaties and diplomatic recognition between Communist Russia and the Western capitalist states defined the new politics of “co-existence”.  With the rise of fascism, the Soviet Union under Stalin further subordinated communist policy in order to secure state-to-state alliances, first with the Western Allies and, failing that, with Nazi Germany.  The Hitler-Stalin pact was conceived by the Soviets as a way to prevent a German invasion and to secure its borders from a sworn right wing enemy.  As part of Stalin’s expression of good faith, he handed over to Hitler a number of leading exiled German communist leaders, who had sought asylum in Russia.  Not surprisingly they were tortured and executed.  This practice stopped only after Hitler invaded Russia and Stalin encouraged the now decimated ranks of German communists to re-join the ‘anti-Nazi’ underground resistance.</p>
<p>In the early 1970s, as Mao’s China reconciled with Nixon’s United States and broke with the Soviet Union, Chinese foreign policy shifted toward supporting US-backed counter-revolutionaries, including Holden Roberts in Angola and Pinochet in Chile. China denounced any leftist government and movement, which, however faintly, had ties with the USSR, and embraced their enemies, no matter how subservient they were to Euro-American imperial interests.</p>
<p>In Stalin’s USSR and Mao’s China, short-term ‘state interests’ trumped revolutionary solidarity.  What were these ‘state interests’?</p>
<p>In the case of the USSR, Stalin gambled that a ‘peace pact’ with Hitler’s Germany would protect them from an imperialist Nazi invasion and partially end the encirclement of Russia.  Stalin no longer trusted in the strength of international working class solidarity to prevent war, especially in light of a series of revolutionary defeats and the generalized retreat of the Left over the previous decades (Germany, Span, Hungary and Finland) .The advance of fascism and the extreme right, unremitting Western hostility toward the USSR and the Western European policy of appeasing Hitler, convinced Stalin to seek his own peace pact with Germany.  In order to demonstrate their ‘sincerity’ toward its new ‘peace partner’, the USSR downplayed their criticism of the Nazis, urging Communist parties around the world to focus on attacking the West rather than Hitler’s Germany, and gave in to Hitler’s demand to extradite German Communist “terrorists” who had found asylum in the Soviet Union.</p>
<p>Stalin’s pursuit of short term ‘state interests’ via pacts with the “far right” ended in a strategic catastrophe:  Nazi Germany was free to first conquer Western Europe and then turned its guns on Russia, invading an unprepared USSR and occupying half the country. In the meantime the international anti-fascist solidarity movements had been weakened and temporarily disoriented by the zigzags of Stalin’s policies.</p>
<p>In the mid-1970s, the Peoples Republic of China’s ‘reconciliation’ with the US, led to a turn in international policy:  ‘US imperialism’ became an ally against the greater evil ‘Soviet social imperialism’.  As a result China, under Chairman Mao Tse Tung, urged its international supporters to denounce progressive regimes receiving Soviet aid (Cuba, Vietnam, Angola, etc.) and it withdrew its support for revolutionary armed resistance against pro-US client states in Southeast Asia.  China’s ‘pact’ with Washington was to secure immediate ‘state interests’: Diplomatic recognition and the end of the trade embargo.  Mao’s short-term commercial and diplomatic gains were secured by sacrificing the more fundamental strategic goals of furthering socialist values at home and revolution abroad.</p>
<p>As a result, China lost its credibility among Third World revolutionaries and anti-imperialists, in exchange for gaining the good graces of the White House and greater access to the capitalist world market.  Short-term “pragmatism’ led to long-term transformation: The Peoples Republic of China became a dynamic emerging capitalist power, with some of the greatest social inequalities in Asia and perhaps the world.</p>
<p><strong>Venezuela:  State Interests versus International Solidarity</strong></p>
<p>The rise of radical politics in Venezuela, which is the cause and consequence of the election of President Chavez(1999), coincided with the rise of revolutionary social movements throughout Latin America from the late 1990s to the middle of the first decade of the 21st century (1995-2005).  Neo-liberal regimes were toppled in Ecuador, Bolivia and Argentina; mass social movements challenging neo-liberal orthodoxy took hold everywhere; the Colombian guerrilla movements were advancing toward the major cities; and center-left politicians were elected to power in Brazil, Argentina, Bolivia, Paraguay, Ecuador and Uruguay.  The US economic crises undermined the credibility of Washington’s ‘free trade’ agenda.  The increasing Asian demand for raw materials stimulated an economy boom in Latin America, which funded social programs and nationalizations.</p>
<p>In the case of Venezuela, a failed US-backed military coup and ‘bosses’ boycott’ in 2002-2003, forced the Chavez government to rely on the masses and turn to the Left.  Chavez proceeded to “re-nationalize” petroleum and related industries and articulate a “Bolivarian Socialist” ideology.</p>
<p>Chavez’s radicalization found a favorable climate in Latin America and the bountiful revenues from the rising price of oil financed his social programs.  Chavez maintained a plural position of embracing governing center-left governments, backing radical social movements and supporting the Colombian guerrillas’ proposals for a negotiated settlement.  Chavez called for the recognition of Colombia’s guerrillas as legitimate ‘belligerents” not “terrorists’.</p>
<p>Venezuela’s foreign policy was geared toward isolating its main threat emanating from Washington by promoting exclusively Latin American/Caribbean organizations, strengthening regional trade and investment links and securing regional allies in opposition to US intervention, military pacts, bases and US-backed military coups.</p>
<p>In response to US financing of Venezuelan opposition groups (electoral and extra parliamentary), Chavez has provided moral and political support to anti-imperialist groups throughout Latin America.  After Israel and American Zionists began attacking Venezuela, Chavez extended his support to the Palestinians and broadened ties with Iran and other Arab anti-imperialist movements and regimes.  Above all, Chavez strengthened his political and economic ties with Cuba, consulting with the Cuban leadership, to form a radical axis of opposition to imperialism. Washington’s effort to strangle the Cuban revolution by an economic embargo was effectively undermined by Chavez’ large-scale, long-term economic agreements with Havana.</p>
<p>Up until the later part of this decade, Venezuela’s foreign policy – its ‘state interests’ – coincided with the interests of the left regimes and social movements throughout Latin America.  Chavez clashed diplomatically with Washington’s client states in the hemisphere, especially Colombia, headed by narco-death squad President Alvaro Uribe (2002-2010).  However, recent years have witnessed several external and internal changes and a gradual shift toward the center.</p>
<p>The revolutionary upsurge in Latin America began to ebb.  The mass upheavals led to the rise of center-left regimes, which, in turn, demobilized the radical movements and adopted strategies relying on agro-mineral export strategies, all the while pursuing autonomous foreign policies independent of US control.  The Colombian guerrilla movements were in retreat and on the defensive – their capacity to buffer Venezuela from a hostile Colombian client regime waned.  Chavez adapted to these ‘new realities’, becoming an uncritical supporter of the ‘social liberal’ regimes of Lula in Brazil, Morales in Bolivia, Correa in Ecuador, Vazquez in Uruguay and Bachelet in Chile.  Chavez increasingly chose immediate diplomatic support from the existing regimes over any long-term support, which might have resulted from a revival of the mass movements. Trade ties with Brazil and Argentina and diplomatic support from its fellow Latin American states against an increasingly aggressive US became central to Venezuela’s foreign policy. The basis of Venezuelan policy was no longer the internal politics of the center-left and centrist regimes but their degree of support for an independent foreign policy.</p>
<p>Repeated US interventions failed to generate a successful coup or to secure any electoral victories against Chavez.  As a result, Washington increasingly turned to using external threats against Chavez via its Colombian client state, the recipient of $5 billion in military aid.  Colombia’s military build-up, its border crossings and infiltration of death squads into Venezuela, forced Chavez into a large-scale purchase of Russian arms and toward the formation of a regional alliance (ALBA).</p>
<p>The US-backed military coup in Honduras precipitated a major rethink in Venezuela’s policy.  The coup had ousted a democratically elected centrist liberal, President Zelaya in Honduras, a member of ALBA, and set up a repressive regime subservient to the White House.  However, the coup had the effect of isolating the US throughout Latin America – not a single government supported the new regime in Tegucigalpa.  Even the neo-liberal regimes of Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Panama voted to expel Honduras from the Organization of American States.  On the one hand, Venezuela viewed this ‘unity’ of the right and center-left as an opportunity toward mending fences with the conservative regimes; and on the other, it understood that the Obama Administration was ready to use the ‘military option’ to regain its dominance.</p>
<p>The fear of a US military intervention was greatly heightened by the Obama-Uribe agreement establishing seven US strategic military bases near its border with Venezuela.  Chavez wavered in his response to this immediate threat. At one point he almost broke trade and diplomatic relations with Colombia, only to immediately reconcile with Uribe, although the latter had demonstrated no desire to sign on to a pact of co-existence.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the 2010 Congressional elections In Venezuela led to a major increase in electoral support for the US-backed right (approximately 50%) and their greater representation in Congress (40%).  While the Right increased their support inside Venezuela, the Left in Colombia, both the guerrillas and the electoral opposition lost ground.  Chavez could not count on any immediate counter-weight to a military provocation.</p>
<p>Chavez faced several options. The first was to return to the earlier policy of international solidarity with radical movements; the second was to continue working with the center-left regimes while maintaining strong criticism and firm opposition to the US backed neo-liberal regimes; and the third option was to turn toward the Right, more specifically to seek rapprochement with the newly elected President of Colombia, Santos, and sign a broad political, military and economic agreement where Venezuela agreed to collaborate in eliminating Colombia’s leftist adversaries in exchange for promises of ‘non-aggression’ (Colombia limiting its cross-border narco and military incursions).</p>
<p>Venezuela and Chavez decided that the FARC was a liability and that support from the radical Colombian mass social movements was not as important as closer diplomatic relations with President Santos.  Chavez has calculated that complying with Santos political demands would provide greater security to the Venezuelan state than relying on the support of the international solidarity movements and his own radical domestic allies among the trade unions and intellectuals.</p>
<p>In line with this Right turn, the Chavez regime fulfilled Santos’ requests – arresting FARC/ELN guerrillas, as well as a prominent leftist journalist, and extraditing them to a state which has had the worst human rights record in the Americas for over two decades in terms of torture and extra-judicial assassinations.  This Right turn acquires an even more ominous character when one considers that Colombia holds over 7600 political prisoners, over 7000 of whom are trade unionists, peasants, Indians, students;  in other words, non-combatants.  In acquiescing to Santos requests, Venezuela did not even follow the established protocols of most democratic governments:  It did not demand any guaranties against torture and respect for due process.  Moreover, when critics have pointed out that these summary extraditions violated Venezuela’s own constitutional procedures, Chavez launched a vicious campaign slandering his critics as agents of imperialism engaged in a plot to destabilize his regime.</p>
<p>Chavez’s new found ally on the Right, President Santos, has not reciprocated:  Colombia still maintains close military ties with Venezuela’s prime enemy in Washington.  Indeed, Santos vigorously sticks to the White House agenda:  He successfully pressured Chavez to recognize the illegitimate regime of Lobos in Honduras- the product of a US-backed coup in exchange for the return of ousted ex-President Zelaya. Chavez did what no other center-left Latin American President has dared to do: He promised to support the reinstatement of the illegitimate Honduran regime into the OAS.  On the basis of the Chavez-Santos agreement, Latin American opposition to Lobos collapsed and Washington’s strategic goal was realized.  A puppet regime was legitimized.</p>
<p>Chavez&#8217;s agreement with Santos to recognize the murderous Lobos regime betrayed the heroic struggle of the Honduran mass movement.  Not one of the Honduran officials responsible for over a hundred murders and disappearances of peasant leaders, journalists, human rights and pro-democracy activists are subject to any judicial investigation.  Chavez has given his blessings to impunity and the continuation of an entire repressive apparatus, backed by the Honduran oligarchy and the US Pentagon.</p>
<p>In other words, to demonstrate his willingness to uphold his ‘friendship and peace pact’ with Santos, Chavez was willing to sacrifice the struggle of one of the most promising and courageous pro-democracy movements in the Americas.</p>
<p>And what does Chavez seek in his accommodation with the Right?</p>
<p>Security?  Chavez has received only verbal ‘promises’, and some expressions of gratitude from Santos.  But the enormous pro-US military command and US mission remain in place.  In other words, there will be no dismantling of the Colombian para-military-military forces massed along the Venezuelan border and the US military base agreements, which threaten Venezuelan national security, will not change.</p>
<p>According to Venezuelan diplomats, Chavez’s tactic is to ‘win over’ Santos from US tutelage.  By befriending Santos, Chavez hopes that Bogota will not join in any joint military operation with the US or cooperate in future propaganda-destabilization campaigns.  In the brief time since the Santos-Chavez pact was made, an emboldened Washington announced an embargo on the Venezuelan state oil company with the support of the Venezuelan congressional opposition. Santos, for his part, has not complied with the embargo, but then not a single country in the world has followed Washington’s lead.  Clearly, President Santos is not likely to endanger the annual $10 billion dollar trade between Colombia and Venezuela in order to humor the US Secretary of State Hilary Clinton’s diplomatic caprices.</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>In contrast to Chavez&#8217;s policy of handing over leftist and guerrilla exiles to a rightist authoritarian regime, President Allende of Chile (1970-73) joined a delegation that welcomed armed fighters fleeing persecution in Bolivia and Argentina and offered them asylum. For many years, especially in the 1980s, Mexico, under center-right regimes, openly recognized the rights of asylum for guerrilla and leftist refugees from Central America – El Salvador and Guatemala.  Revolutionary Cuba, for decades, offered asylum and medical treatment to leftist and guerrilla refugees from Latin American dictatorships and rejected demands for their extradition.  Even as late as 2006, when the Cuban government was pursuing friendly relations with Colombia and when its then Foreign Minister Felipe Perez Roque expressed his deep reservations regarding the FARC in conversations with the author, Cuba refused to extradite guerrillas to their home countries where they would be tortured and abused.  One day before he left office in 2011, Brazilian President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva denied Italy’s request to extradite Cesare Battisti, a former Italian guerrilla.  As one Brazilian judge said – and Chavez should have listened:  ”At stake here is national sovereignty.  It is as simple as that”.</p>
<p>No one would criticize Chavez&#8217;s efforts to lessen border tensions by developing better diplomatic relations with Colombia and to expand trade and investment flows between the two countries.  What is unacceptable is to describe the murderous Colombian regime as a “friend” of the Venezuela people and a partner in peace and democracy, while thousands of pro-democracy political prisoners rot in TB-infested Colombian prisons for years on trumped-up charges. Under Santos, civilian activists continue to be murdered almost every day.  The most recent killing was yesterday (June 9,2011),  Ana Fabricia Cordoba, a leader of community-based displaced peasants, was murdered by the Colombian armed forces. Chavez’s embrace of the Santos narco-presidency goes beyond the requirements for maintaining proper diplomatic and trade relations. His collaboration with the Colombian intelligence, military and secret police agencies in hunting down and deporting Leftists (without due process!) smacks of complicity in dictatorial repression and serves to alienate the most consequential supporters of the Bolivarian transformation in Venezuela.</p>
<p>Chavez’s role in legitimizing of the Honduran coup-regime, without any consideration for the popular movements’ demands for justice, is a clear capitulation to the Santos – Obama agenda.  This line of action places Venezuela’s ‘state’ interests over the rights of the popular mass movements in Honduras.  Chavez’s collaboration with Santos on policing leftists and undermining popular struggles in Honduras raises serious questions about Venezuela’s claims of revolutionary solidarity.  It certainly sows deep distrust about Chavez&#8217;s future relations with popular movements who might be engaged in struggle with one of Chavez’s center-right diplomatic and economic partners.</p>
<p>What is particularly troubling is that most democratic and even center-left regimes do not sacrifice the mass social movements on the altar of “security” when they normalize relations with an adversary.  Certainly the Right, especially the US, protects its former clients, allies, exiled right-wing oligarch and even admitted terrorists from extradition requests issued by Venezuela, Cuba and Argentina.  Mass murders and bombers of civilian airplanes manage to live comfortably in Florida.  Why Venezuela submits to the Right-wing demands of the Colombians, while complaining about the US protecting terrorists guilty of crimes in Venezuela, can only be explained by Chavez&#8217;s321 ideological shift to the Right, making Venezuela more vulnerable to pressure for greater concessions in the future.</p>
<p>Chavez is no longer interested in the support from the radical left:  His definition of state policy revolves around securing the ‘stability’ of Bolivarian socialism in one country, even if it means sacrificing Colombian militants to a police state and pro-democracy movements in Honduras to an illegitimate US-imposed regime.</p>
<p>History provides mixed lessons.  Stalin’s deals with Hitler were a strategic disaster for the Soviet people.  Once the Fascists got what they wanted they turned around and invaded Russia.  Chavez has so far not received any ‘reciprocal’ confidence-building concession from Santos&#8217; military machine. Even in terms of narrowly defined ‘state interests’, he has sacrificed loyal allies for empty promises.  The US imperial state is Santos primary ally and military provider.  China sacrificed international solidarity for a pact with the US, a policy that led to unregulated capitalist exploitation and deep social injustices.</p>
<p>When, and if, the next confrontation between the US and Venezuela occurs, will Chavez, at least, be able to count on the “neutrality” of Colombia?  If past and present relations are any indication, Colombia will side with its client-master, mega-benefactor and ideological mentor.  When a new rupture occurs, can Chavez count on the support of the militants, who have been jailed, the mass popular movements he pushed aside and the international movements and intellectuals he has slandered?  As the US moves toward new confrontations with Venezuela and intensifies its economic sanctions, domestic and international solidarity will be vital for Venezuela’s defense.  Who will stand up for the Bolivarian revolution:  the Santos and Lobos of this “realist world” or the solidarity movements in the streets of Caracas and the Americas?</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/06/chavez%e2%80%99s-right-turn-state-realism-versus-international-solidarity/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Standard Imperial Hypocrisy</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/standard-imperial-hypocrisy/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/standard-imperial-hypocrisy/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 26 Mar 2011 15:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Paul Street</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Bahrain]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Libya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Saudi Arabia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Arab Emirates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weaponry]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=31230</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Recently on a car trip to New York City,  I tuned briefly into a National “Public” Radio news show called “The World.” A middle-aged newsreader was interviewing a younger female activist in the Middle Eastern island Kingdom of Bahrain, where 1500 troops from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) had recently arrived to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recently on a car trip to New York City,  I tuned briefly into a National “Public” Radio news show called “The World.” A middle-aged newsreader was interviewing a younger female activist in the Middle Eastern island Kingdom of Bahrain, where 1500 troops from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) had recently arrived to help the kingdom’s Al Khalifa royal family crush democracy protests inspired by the wave of popular rebellion rolling across North Africa and the Middle East.  (Dozens if not hundreds of Bahrain protestors and activists have been killed and disappeared since the foreign soldiers came under the aegis of the “Gulf Cooperation Council” on March 15). The activist decried the presence of Saudi soldiers, lent from one U.S.-sponsored monarchy to another U.S.-sponsored monarchy with obvious authoritarian intent.</p>
<p><strong>“What More Would You Like the U.S. to Do?” </strong></p>
<p>The newsreader stopped the activist short to ask her if she knew that U.S. President Barack Obama had issued a declaration criticizing the infusion of Saudi forces and calling on the Bahrain regime to avoid undue violence and to seek a peaceful political solution. Yes, the activist responded, she was aware of the White House’s proclamation, but she was not impressed. She wanted “The World’s” listeners to know that Bahrain ’s democracy movement required “more than statements” from Washington. The Obama administration’s words were one thing, the activist felt, but what really mattered were its deeds.  She mentioned the United States ’ massive financial and military support for highly repressive regimes across the region, including Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Yemen, the Arab Emirates, and, of course, Bahrain, the Middle East ’s leading financial hub and home to the U.S. Navy’s critical Fifth Fleet.</p>
<p>As the activist knew, the Saudi and UAE troops entered Bahrain just one day after U.S. Secretary of Defense Robert Gates dined with the Bahraini ruling family in a show of support.  Gates refused to meet with pro-democracy protesters who had been marching by the thousands for a month. The royal family “probably bugged [Gates] that they need to use force to suppress this,” Husain Abdulla, director of Americans for Democracy and Human Rights in Bahrain, told Democracy Now!  “And next day, immediately after he left, the Saudi troops came to Bahrain. This is no coincidence. This is all planned.” Certainly the Obama administration is deeply complicit in the Saudi invasion of supposedly sovereign Bahrain – an incursion that was requested by the Al Khalifa family.</p>
<p>That’s a pretty remarkable thing for “the world’s leading democracy” to green-light. As Amitabb Pal observed on the web site of <em>The Progressive</em> last week:</p>
<blockquote><p>Imagine if East Germany ’s Erich Honecker had successfully requested a Soviet invasion in 1989. Or, to take a more contemporary example, imagine if Muammar Gadaffi got one of his very few friends to invade in order to defeat the armed rebellion &#8230; imagine the global outrage.</p></blockquote>
<p>The “public” newsreader seemed taken aback by the activist’s critique of Washington .  “What more,” she asked the activist, “would you like the United States to do?” The newsreader’s tone communicated exasperation with the impudent notion that the United States was not doing everything it could be reasonably expected to do to defend democracy in Bahrain .</p>
<p>I did not get to hear the activist’s response because the N“P”R station became inaudible as my Honda crossed into the Delaware Water Gap in western New Jersey, but let me imagine a reasonable response based on my elementary grasp of the U.S. role in the region.  It might have gone like this: “Well, we’d like the White House to stop sponsoring murder and authoritarianism. We’d like the administration to pick up a telephone and inform its friend, the absolute ruler of Bahrain, that he and his regime will no longer receive military and financial support from the U.S. and its regional allies. We’d like Obama and Hillary Clinton to order their client states, Saudi Arabia and UAE, to remove their troops immediately.  We’d like the U.S. to cease and desist from funding and equipping arch-repressive and authoritarian governments across the region. We’d like the U.S. to insist on an end to state violence and the beginning of a transition to popular, democratic governance in Bahrain.  We’d like the U.S. to freeze the foreign assets of the king of Bahrain and to tell him that the Fifth Fleet and other military forces intend to protect basic democratic rights in Bahrain.”</p>
<p>All impossible, of course: the last thing the U.S. foreign policy establishment wants to see break out in majority Shia Bahrain and, by demonstration effect, in Saudi Arabia, where Shia Muslims constitute a significant minority population in oil-rich territories. As far as the American imperial elite is concerned, that would potentially threaten U.S. control of, and access to, the Middle East’s hyper-strategic oil reserves, whose greatest material prize falls under the nominal sovereignty of the U.S.-sponsored Saudi monarchy.</p>
<p><strong>Obama’s Own Colonial War </strong></p>
<p>But, of course, there are many places in the world where a simple withdrawal of expensive U.S. support for oppressive regimes would help open the door for democratic liberation. In Honduras, to take one example, the White House and Pentagon under Obama have significantly funded and militarily equipped a thuggish right wing regime that overthrew a democratically elected, left-leaning president (Manuel Zelaya) in the spring of 2009.  The administration initially responded to the Honduran putsch with what sounded like words of condemnation but it promptly angered much of the world and most of Latin America by continuing the standard U.S. practice of bankrolling, equipping, training, and running cover for Central and South American reaction, giving the new authoritarian regime the okay to kill, torture, and imprison democracy activists.</p>
<p>The crucifixion of Palestine by Israel continues to receive critical financial and military backing and diplomatic cover from Uncle Sam, who has never sought to enforce a no-fly zone to prevent Israel from bombing children and hospitals in the open air apartheid prison called the Gaza Strip.</p>
<p>Washington continues to fund, train, and equip state repression in the deceptive name of  “the war on Drugs” across Central America &#8212; repression that supports Washington-imposed neoliberal trade and investment policies that deepen the extreme poverty that drives so many Latin Americans to seek access to lower ends of the U.S. labor market. This feeds right wing anti-immigrant sentiments on the part of North Americans conditioned to think that Washington has nothing to do with endemic misery south of the Rio Grande.  Obama naturally made no effort to undo these core imperial policy continuities during his recent trip to Latin America, which coincided with the launching of his first wholly owned imperial adventure – code-named “Operation Odyssey Dawn” (hereafter “OOD” &#8211; which advertising firms come up with these military campaign brandings, anyway?) – in Libya . “What more” could the U.S, do to support democracy? Stop murdering it abroad and at home.</p>
<p>The notion that Uncle Sam is hopelessly hamstrung in terms of what it might do beyond offer nice words in support of freedom and democracy abroad is contradicted by the curious case that has recently grabbed the headlines from Tunisian and Egyptian revolutions, Wisconsin protestors, and the Japanese earthquake and nuclear crisis &#8212; Libya.</p>
<p>Here a recently U.S.-tolerated dictator, Muammar Gaddafi, has been re-declared a grave public enemy to western ideals and his nation has been target-bombed by a U.S.-led “coalition” of “the international community” (selected national elites from the wealthy West) in the enforcement of a no-fly zone. The White House claims that OOD seeks only to protect Libyan citizens, not just Gaddafi, but Hillary Clinton’s recent comment to the effect that the dictator should leave the country certainly suggests that the Bush Doctrine’s notion of imposing regime change (in the name of democracy) on a poor nation that poses no serious risk or imminent danger to the United States1 lives on – along with so much else from the dark days of Dubya – in the “new” age of Obama, the Empire’s New Clothes, who is attacking Libya without the pretense of congressional authorization<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/standard-imperial-hypocrisy/#footnote_0_31230" id="identifier_0_31230" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="In 2007, candidate Obama was asked the following question when it was feared that the United States was going to attack Iran: Under what circumstances would the president have the constitutional authority to bomb Iran without first seeking authorization from Congress? His answer: &ldquo;The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the nation. As Commander-in-Chief, the President does have a duty to protect and defend the United States. In instances of self-defense, the President would be within his constitutional authority to act before advising Congress or seeking its consent. History has shown us time and again, however, that military action is most successful when it is authorized and supported by the Legislative branch.&rdquo; Essentially, Obama said that the president had the authority to act first and seek approval later if there were an imminent threat to the security of the United States and that the president could not order a military attack without the approval of the Congress if a threat to the United States was not imminent. Both statements were accurate but neither applies to the current situation in Libya. They have pretty much disappeared down the Orwellian memory hole as far as many of Obama&rsquo;s liberal and centrist supporters are concerned.  Many of those supporters would likely be complaining about constitutional violations if the Libya venture was being conducted by a President McCain.  Likewise, many Republicans would be muzzling the constitutional concerns they are currently voicing if one of their party currently held the title of Commander in Chief.  Such is the moral and intellectual level and situational politics of partisan identity and behavior within, and beyond, Washington .
">1</a></sup> that George Bush obtained before assaulting Iraq.</p>
<p>The official reasons given for OOD are out of Bill Clinton’s Serbia and George W. Bush’s Iraq playbooks.  They are that the United States is driven by humanitarian and democratic concern for the suffering Libyan people.  But what about the millions of other world citizens living under the oppressive rule of sadistic autocrats across Africa and in, for example, the key U.S. ally, Saudi Arabia, home to perhaps the world’s single most reactionary government? The United States is not moving towards targeted bombings and no-fly zones to protect victims of oppression or to discipline oppressors in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Palestine, Israel, or Yemen, where the U.S.-supported president Ali Abdullah Seleh has recently butchered and maimed hundreds of protestors.</p>
<p>The American military and financial aid keeps flowing to unjust rulers in these and numerous other U.S.-backed states.  Those rulers and their cronies are not subjected to travel bans and asset freezes and Western-led prosecution for crimes against humanity.  They continue to receive official designation as U.S. allies in the “war on terror.”</p>
<p>What supposedly privileges Libyans over and above other victims of tyranny when it comes to the United States supposed goals of freedom protection?  And what about the large number of Libyan civilian casualties that can be expected to result from an aerial assault on Tripoli, home to 1.1 million? Couldn’t an U.S. aerial attack actually increase regime violence on the ground? What about the likelihood that imperial assault will result in greater popularity within Libya for the dictator that Washington claims to oppose (on the model of how murderous U.S.-imposed “economic sanctions” and no fly zones deepened Saddam Hussein’s popularity and weakened his opposition inside Iraq )?</p>
<p>What about the unsavory nature of many atop Gaddafi’s hastily formed opposition, who are leading a civil war, not a peaceful people’s uprising on the model of Tunisia, Egypt, Wisconsin, and Bahrain? And what about the distinct possibility that Western military intervention could prolong a bloody civil war in Libya by undermining the opposition’s ability to pursue negotiations and through the instability that large-scale civilian casualties can produce?</p>
<p>These and other problems raise serious questions about the honesty of Washington’s justifications, suggesting that something other than humanitarian and democratic ideals – petroleum-related strategic and political concerns emerging from America’s imperial role in the Middle East – are at play in the design and execution of OOD, Barack Obama’s first full-fledged, non-inherited colonial war. Plus ca change, plus <em>c’est la meme chose</em>: the more things change, the more they stay the same.</p>
<p><strong>Just the Opposite&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>The left U.S. foreign policy critic Phyllis Bennis has recently noted a dark irony behind many Americans’ support of the Libyan action. That support was premised on the notion that Gaddafi’s successful crushing of his opposition “would send a devastating message to other Arab dictators: Use enough military force and you will keep your job.”  Things are working out quite differently, with the American intervention seeming to feed top-down repression, not bottom up rebellion in the Middle East.   As Bennis observes:</p>
<blockquote><p>Instead, it turns out that just the opposite may be the result: It was after the UN passed its no-fly zone and use-of-force resolution, and just as US, British, French and other warplanes and warships launched their attacks against Libya, that other Arab regimes escalated their crack-down on their own democratic movements….In Yemen, 52 unarmed protesters were killed and more than 200 wounded on Friday by forces of the US-backed and US-armed government of Ali Abdullah Saleh. It was the bloodiest day of the month-long Yemeni uprising&#8230;Similarly in US-allied Bahrain, home of the US Navy&#8217;s Fifth Fleet, at least 13 civilians have been killed by government forces. Since the March 15 arrival of 1,500 foreign troops from Saudi Arabia and the UAE, brought in to protect the absolute power of the king of Bahrain , 63 people have been reported missing.</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Wag the Dog</strong></p>
<p>The American and western left is currently at some risk of tearing itself up yet more than it is already torn up over the question of how to understand and respond to OOD.  My instincts are pretty much always anti-White House and anti-Pentagon when it comes to foreign policy, and I personally can’t get behind even limited support for a no-fly zone in Libya. Still, my desire to get into a finger-pointing and shouting match with “progressives” who offer qualified support to Obama’s new war is inhibited to some degree by my sense that the current imperial extravaganza is taking on a disastrous “wag the dog” aspect in the hands of America ’s dominant Orwellian mass war and entertainment media.</p>
<p>It is diverting public attention from at least three critical and ongoing policy and political issues: the epic state-level state-capitalist assault on public sector workers, organized labor, and working people more generally and the remarkable popular rebellion against that assault within and beyond Madison, Wisconsin; the equally epic nuclear disaster in Japan and the deadly implications of aging and revamped nuclear power operations (horrifying epitomes of the underlying and very possibly exterminst irrationality of the state-capitalist profits system) within and beyond the United States, where a deadly, old, and accident-prone nuclear  plant (Indian Point, home to 2 of the nation’s 105 currently operating nuclear power reactors) is located just 30 miles north of the world’s financial capital, New York City; the counter-assault on democratic protests in U.S, sponsored regimes like (to name just three) Yemen, Saudi Arabia, and Bahrain.</p>
<p>Even as they steal vast, desperately needed public resources away from the real and potential meeting of social needs and help distribute wealth upwards (to “defense” contractors like Boeing, Raytheon, and other elite, high-tech corporate interests) at home <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/standard-imperial-hypocrisy/#footnote_1_31230" id="identifier_1_31230" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="A recent Huffington Post item reports that &ldquo;In the opening days of the assault on Libya, the United States and the United Kingdom launched a barrage of at least 161 Tomahawk cruise missiles to flatten Muammar Gadhafi&amp;#8217;s air defenses and pave the way for coalition aircraft&hellip;.In fiscal terms, at a time when Congress is fighting over every dollar, the cruise missile show of military might was an expenditure of nearly a quarter of a billion dollars. Each missile cost $1.41 million, close to three times the cost listed on the Navy&amp;#8217;s website&hellip;Raytheon Corp. is the manufacturer of the Tomahawk Block IV, a low-flying missile that travels at 550 miles per hour. During a decade of war in Afghanistan, Iraq, and now Libya, the Pentagon has increasingly relied on the Tomahawk. A year ago, Raytheon boasted of its 2,000th Block IV delivery to the Navy.&rdquo; See Sharon Weinberger, &ldquo;Cruise Missiles: The One Million Dollar Weapon,&rdquo; Huffpost Business (March 25, 2011) at 161 X $1.4 million = $225 million Tomahawk Cruise Missile expenditure in just the early stage of Obama&rsquo;s Libya adventure, including a nice cost-plus profit for leading &amp;#8220;defense&amp;#8221; (Empire) contractor, Raytheon. Someone other than I can calculate the social opportunity cost of $225 million as more and more Americans run out of ammunition in the war on economic destitution.">2</a></sup>  moreover, imperial adventures and the bloodlust they reflect and promote are great authoritarian populace-diverters and domestic democracy-destroyers – all too consistent with the warnings of American Founding Father James Madison, who observed that:</p>
<blockquote><p>The fetters imposed on liberty at home have ever been forged out of the weapons for defense against real, pretended, or imaginary dangers abroad.</p></blockquote>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_31230" class="footnote">In 2007, candidate Obama was asked the following question when it was feared that the United States was going to attack Iran: Under what circumstances would the president have the constitutional authority to bomb Iran without first seeking authorization from Congress? His answer: “The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the nation. As Commander-in-Chief, the President does have a duty to protect and defend the United States. In instances of self-defense, the President would be within his constitutional authority to act before advising Congress or seeking its consent. History has shown us time and again, however, that military action is most successful when it is authorized and supported by the Legislative branch.” Essentially, Obama said that the president had the authority to act first and seek approval later if there were an imminent threat to the security of the United States and that the president could not order a military attack without the approval of the Congress if a threat to the United States was not imminent. Both statements were accurate but neither applies to the current situation in Libya. They have pretty much disappeared down the Orwellian memory hole as far as many of Obama’s liberal and centrist supporters are concerned.  Many of those supporters would likely be complaining about constitutional violations if the Libya venture was being conducted by a President McCain.  Likewise, many Republicans would be muzzling the constitutional concerns they are currently voicing if one of their party currently held the title of Commander in Chief.  Such is the moral and intellectual level and situational politics of partisan identity and behavior within, and beyond, Washington .<br />
</li><li id="footnote_1_31230" class="footnote">A recent Huffington Post item reports that “In the opening days of the assault on Libya, the United States and the United Kingdom launched a barrage of at least 161 Tomahawk cruise missiles to flatten Muammar Gadhafi&#8217;s air defenses and pave the way for coalition aircraft….In fiscal terms, at a time when Congress is fighting over every dollar, the cruise missile show of military might was an expenditure of nearly a quarter of a billion dollars. Each missile cost $1.41 million, close to three times the cost listed on the Navy&#8217;s website…Raytheon Corp. is the manufacturer of the Tomahawk Block IV, a low-flying missile that travels at 550 miles per hour. During a decade of war in Afghanistan, Iraq, and now Libya, the Pentagon has increasingly relied on the Tomahawk. A year ago, Raytheon boasted of its 2,000th Block IV delivery to the Navy.” See Sharon Weinberger, “Cruise Missiles: The One Million Dollar Weapon,” Huffpost Business (March 25, 2011) at 161 X $1.4 million = $225 million Tomahawk Cruise Missile expenditure in just the early stage of Obama’s Libya adventure, including a nice cost-plus profit for leading &#8220;defense&#8221; (Empire) contractor, Raytheon. Someone other than I can calculate the social opportunity cost of $225 million as more and more Americans run out of ammunition in the war on economic destitution.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/standard-imperial-hypocrisy/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>“We Have to Do It Ourselves”</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2011 16:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Paul Street</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Central Ixachilan (America)]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Classism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democrats]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Solidarity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[South Ixachilan (America)]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Madison]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wisconsin]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=30363</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We can’t look for saviors on high to get us out of this mess. We have to do it ourselves. - Anthony Arnove and Tariq Ali, October 20, 2006 “Obama Sits Out State Fights” One of the neat things about the recent progressive labor rebellion within and beyond Madison, WI is the extent to which [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote><p>We can’t look for saviors on high to get us out of this mess. We have to do it ourselves.</p>
<p>- Anthony Arnove and Tariq Ali, October 20, 2006</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>“Obama Sits Out State Fights”</strong></p>
<p>One of the neat things about the recent progressive labor rebellion within and beyond Madison, WI is the extent to which it has broken with the false promise of change coming from the top down – from the last corporate imperial politician to be installed in the White House by the unelected dictatorship of money. The Tea Party right has insisted that their great, supposedly socialist nemesis Barack Obama – the corporate-friendly savior of Wall Street – intervened decisively on workers’ side in, and even sparked. the recent and ongoing state-level uprisings. The charge is absurd. As <em>Wall Street Journal</em> reporter, Jonathan Weisman, noted last February in an article titled “Obama Sits Out State Fights,” Obama stepped back from the state-level battles after initially seeming to support labor in Wisconsin. Top Democratic officials told Weisman that this was because Obama was “eager to occupy the political center… to help him try to forge a bipartisan deal on the nation’s long-term finances that could strengthen his position heading into the 2012 election.”</p>
<p>“Sitting out” does not do full justice to Obama’s conservatism in relation to the public worker struggle. Earlier this month, national <em>New York Times</em> correspondent, Jackie Calmes, reported that the White House actually intervened against the national Democratic Party’s initial efforts to support the Wisconsin labor protests, which administration officials saw as contrary to their happy and neoliberal message. “When West Wing officials discovered that the Democratic National Committee had mobilized Mr. Obama’s national network to support the protests,” Calmes wrote, “they angrily reined in the staff at the party headquarters… Administration officials said they saw the events beyond Washington as distractions from the optimistic ‘win the future’ message that Mr. Obama introduced in his State of the Union address.”</p>
<p>So Obama responded to the rank-and-file labor rebellion in the American heartland in much the same way as he responded to the right-wing coup in Honduras in June of 2009 and to the rise of the Egyptian revolution in January and February 2011: with initial statements of seeming support for popular-democratic forces followed by conservative equivocation and caution meant to identify himself with democratic change without severing his accommodation to dominant hierarchies and elites.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_0_30363" id="identifier_0_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="For details and sources, see Paul Street. &ldquo;Cold-Blooded Calibration: Reflections on Egypt , Honduras , and the Art of Imperial Re-branding,&rdquo; ZNet (February 11, 2011).">1</a></sup></p>
<p>Nobody should be surprised by this.  The deeply conservative Obama’s<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_1_30363" id="identifier_1_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Larissa MacFarquhar, &ldquo;The Conciliator: Where is Barack Obama Coming From?&rdquo; The New Yorker (May 7, 2007); Paul Street,  &ldquo;Statehouse Days: the Myth of Obama&rsquo;s &lsquo;True Progressive&rsquo; Past,&rdquo; ZNet (July 20, 2008);  Paul Street,  &ldquo;Obama Isn&rsquo;t Spineless, He&rsquo;s Conservative,&rsquo; ZNet (December 11, 2010).">2</a></sup> failure to align himself strongly with the public workers and their fight within and beyond Madison was consistent with his centrist campaign pledge to be a “post-partisan leader” ready to take on his own party’s union base.  It matched: his support (over the opposition of teachers’ unions) of charter schools and “performance-based” teacher pay; his recent advance of corporate neoliberal free trade deals opposed by labor; his recent public strengthening of ties with business leaders; his refusal to move in any meaningful way on campaign promises to reform the nation’s management-friendly labor laws, and his federal workers salary freeze (a move that angered public sector union members).<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_2_30363" id="identifier_2_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Jonathan Weisman,&ldquo; Obama Sits Out State Fights,&rdquo; Wall Street Journal, February 24, 2011, A4.">3</a></sup></p>
<p>Before the progressive labor rebellion broke out, Obama had already gone far down the path of joining business and the right in advancing the “Republican narrative” (Robert Reich) that American prosperity was being undone by overpaid public workers and excessive government regulation, not by the real culprits on Wall Street, who recklessly crashed the global economy in 2008.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_3_30363" id="identifier_3_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Robert Reich, &ldquo;Obama&rsquo;s Republican Narrative of Our Economic Woes,&rdquo; Berkeley Blog, December 2, 2010. ">4</a></sup></p>
<p>Claiming (falsely) that the American people had spoken in the Republican Tea Party electoral triumph of November 2010, Obama made a number of moves calculated to win the more heartfelt allegiance of top business players. He continued his pattern of disregarding and irritating his liberal and progressive “base” by agreeing to sustain George W. Bush’s deficit-fueling tax cuts for the rich beyond their original sunset date of 2010.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_4_30363" id="identifier_4_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Nick Wing, &ldquo;Rep. Gary Ackerman: Tax Cut Deal Is GOP&amp;#8217;s &amp;#8216;Wet Dream Act,&amp;#8217;&rdquo; Huffington Post (December 9, 2010); D. Herszenhorn and S.G. Stolberg, &ldquo;Obama Defends Tax Deal, But His Party Stays Hostile,&rdquo; New York Times, December 8, 2010, A1; Paul Krugman, &amp;#8220;Obama&amp;#8217;s Hostage Deal,&amp;#8221; New York Times, December 9, 2010.">5</a></sup>   Accepting the false business and Republican Tea Party claim that “overpaid” public sector workers are a leading force behind rising government deficits and economic stagnation, Obama ordered a two-year freeze on federal worker salaries and benefits.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_5_30363" id="identifier_5_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Paul Krugman, &ldquo;Freezing Out Hope,&rdquo; New York Times, December 2, 2010; Peter S. Goodman, &ldquo;Obama&rsquo;s Bogus Explanation For Troubles: Too Much Regulation,&rdquo; Huffington Post (January 18, 2011).">6</a></sup>  He published an Op-Ed in the plutocratic editorial pages of the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> – an essay that praised “free market capitalism” as “the greatest force for prosperity the world has ever known” – and said that government often places “unreasonable burdens on business” that have a “chilling effect on growth and jobs.” The tone of his editorial suggested that it wasn’t neoliberal deregulation that sparked the financial collapse of 2008, but all those nasty little government rules and guidelines that stifle innovation and growth.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_6_30363" id="identifier_6_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Barack Obama, &ldquo;Toward a 21st-Centuryr Regulatory System,&rdquo; Wall Street Journal, January 18, 2011; Goodman, &ldquo;Obama&rsquo;s Bogus Explanation.&rdquo;">7</a></sup></p>
<p>Obama signed an executive order calling for a government-wide review of regulations to remove or revise those that supposedly inhibited business. He signed a corporate-neoliberal, NAFTA-like trade deal with South Korea under the cover of night in early December of 2010.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_7_30363" id="identifier_7_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Jane Hamsher, &ldquo;Sherrod Brown: Obama&rsquo;s NAFTA-Style Korea Trade Deal A &lsquo;Dangerous Mistake,&rsquo; &ldquo; Firedog Lake, December 4, 2010.">8</a></sup>  He appointed JPMorgan Chase’s William Daley – a leading agent of the corporate-globalist North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) under Bill Clinton – as his chief of staff.  He put Goldman Sachs’ Gene Sperling (another legendary neoliberal) at the head of the National Economic Council.  He tapped General Electric CEO Jeffrey Immelt to head his new “President’s Council on Jobs and Competitiveness.” The new council’s title referred to specifically American jobs and competitiveness – something that made Immelt’s appointment more than a little darkly ironic: with fewer than half its workers employed in the United States and less than half its profits coming from U.S. activities, <em>New York Times</em> columnist and Princeton economist Paul Krugman noted, “G.E.’s fortunes have very little to do with U.S. prosperity.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_8_30363" id="identifier_8_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Paul Krugman, &ldquo;The Competition Myth,&rdquo; New York Times, January 24, 2011; Paul Street, &ldquo;State (of) Capitalist Absurdity: Reflections Before and After Obama&rsquo;s State of the Union Address,&rdquo; ZNet (January 28, 2011); Patrick Martin, &ldquo;Obama Outlines right-Wing, Pro-Corporate Agenda in State of the Union Speech,&rdquo; World Socialist Web Site, January 26, 2011); Glen Ford, &ldquo;Obama&rsquo;s Comfort Zone: King of Collaboration,&rdquo; Black Agenda Report, January 12, 2011. Some Obama fans applauded Immelt&rsquo;s appointment because, they said, he represents a company that actually produces goods rather than just being a parasitic manipulator of paper, financial wealth. But this praise was ridiculous, since, as Krugman noted, G.E, actually &ldquo;derives more revenue from its financial operations than it does from manufacturing.&rdquo;">9</a></sup></p>
<p>Consistent with these rightward moves, Obama’s late January 2011 State of the Union Address (SOTUA) claimed that American business was plagued by the highest corporate tax rate in the world. Obama opened the door to lowering that rate, stating that he hoped to slash it “without adding to our deficit.” He offered no bold, large-scale economic stimulus, antipoverty or public works programs to address the mass unemployment and economic destitution still stalking the land two years into his presidency.</p>
<p>Whether out of political necessity, ideological preference or both, Obama appeared to have pinned his hopes for an expanded economic recovery (vital for his chances of re-election) on appeasing the right and the business class.</p>
<p><strong>It’s About Who’s Sitting In, Not Who’s Sitting in the White House</strong></p>
<p>The real energy in the Wisconsin public worker rebellion and its state-level offshoots has come from the bottom up. It has arisen from the grassroots, not from the top down. As Wisconsin State Democratic Senate Leader Mark Miller rightly noted when the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> queried him on Obama’s role: “Really the people of our state, and the people of our country, have been able to find their voice in this battle.  The voices of the people [not Obama] are the voices the governor needs to listen to.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_9_30363" id="identifier_9_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Miller quoted in Weisman, &ldquo;Obama Sits Out.&rdquo;">10</a></sup>  Unlike the Obama-obsessed Tea Partiers, the union and pro-labor crowds in and around the Capitol Rotunda seem uninterested in the question of who’s perched atop the national media-politics extravaganza. With tens of thousands of them circling the Capitol and thousands occupying the structure itself, it seemed as if they were channeling the wisdom of the late great radical American historian Howard Zinn in 2009: “There&#8217;s hardly anything more important that people can learn,” Zinn wrote that year, “than the fact that the really critical thing isn&#8217;t who is sitting in the White House, but who is sitting in—in the streets, in the cafeterias, in the halls of government, in the factories. Who is protesting, who is occupying offices and demonstrating…. It is becoming clearer and clearer to many, after the first year of Obama’s presidency,” Zinn added, “that it is going to require independent action from below to achieve real change.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_10_30363" id="identifier_10_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title=" &ldquo;The Legacy of Howard Zinn,&rdquo; Socialist Worker, November 2, 2010.">11</a></sup></p>
<p>I am reminded of something that Anthony Arnove and Tariq Ali wrote together in Socialistworker in the fall of 2006, as many American progressives were already fueling their delusions about the cold, calculating, and corporate Chicago politician Barack Obama being some sort of progressive messiah. “We can’t look for saviors on high to get us out of this mess,” Arnove and Ali Tariq wrote: “We have to do it ourselves.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_11_30363" id="identifier_11_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Tariq Ali and Anthony Arnove, &ldquo;The Challenge to the Empire,&rdquo; Socialist Worker Online, October 20, 2006.">12</a></sup></p>
<p><strong>Latin American Lessons</strong></p>
<p>The lesson is well understood in other parts of the world. It’s nice to see North American progressives and activists show some new awareness of something their South American counterparts have long understood: it isn’t about politicians and elected officials at the end of the day; it’s about the people joining together in solidaristic social movements to discipline and educate the politicians and policy makers from the bottom up.</p>
<p>For example, mid-February of 2011 brought a nationwide general strike during a popular rebellion against food price hikes in Bolivia. All of Bolivia’s major cities—La Paz, Cochabamba, Santa Cruz and Oruro—were paralyzed three Fridays ago, as “workers marched in city centers and blockaded roads and highways to demand that the government increase wages and take measures to combat rising prices and food shortages….” As the <em>World Socialist Web Site</em> reported, “Long lines of workers marched through Cochabamba in a steady downpour, while thousands of factory workers, teachers, and health care workers, other public employees and students took over the center of the capital of La Paz , punctuating their chanting of demands with explosions of dynamite.”<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_12_30363" id="identifier_12_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Bill Van Auken, &ldquo;Bolivia &rsquo;s Morales Faces General Strike Over Food Prices,&rdquo; World Socialist Web Site (February 22, 2011). ">13</a></sup></p>
<p>So what if Bolivia ’s president Evo Morales is left-leaning and indigenous? The nation’s popular forces expect him to respect the power of their social movements and their determination to resist the drastically increased cost of food and fuel imposed by capitalist elites.</p>
<p>When my wife Janet Razbadouski and I spent two weeks visiting our son in Ecuador exactly one year ago, we were very struck by the fact that indigenous and labor activists there were far from content to merely have helped elect a left-of-center president (Rafael Correa).  They continued to hold significant popular demonstrations and otherwise exercise grassroots pressure in defense of cultural rights, livable ecology and popular control of water (and other) resources.  Like their counterparts in Bolivia and elsewhere in Latin America, the social movements in Ecuador do not simply take orders from party leaders of the official Left.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_13_30363" id="identifier_13_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="See Noam Chomsky, Hopes and Prospects ( Chicago: Haymarket, 2010), 213-14, for instructive reflections on Latin American versus dominant Western understandings of democracy.">14</a></sup>   They see candidates and elections as only one aspect of a deeper, many-sided popular struggle and understand the necessity for organization and action beneath and beyond political campaigns and the machinations of political elites.</p>
<p><strong>The Austerity Party is Bipartisan</strong></p>
<p>That’s something more and more North Americans need to appreciate and to both of the dominant business parties in the U.S. It’s one thing for existing labor institutions and leaders (themselves heavily integrated into the nation’s reigning state-capitalist order) to rally popular masses in defensive response to the worst policy outrages of the most reactionary politicians in the rightmost wing of America’s corporate-ruled “one-and-a-half party system.” It is another thing to wield and expand popular pro-actively and against the richly bipartisan neoliberal business agenda and to capture and act meaningfully on the legitimate popular anger that the Tea Party and the broader right has at times been able to exploit and misdirect.</p>
<p>The political observer, Chris Green, raised a good question in a private communication with Street on February 22, 2011. “Is this progressive movement going to operate,” Green asked me, “within traditional limitations, especially those imposed by the union leadership? That is, are they only going to protest Republican governors and not pro-cut Democrat governors in places like New York , California and Illinois ? This will be the challenge, not to get co-opted by the Democrats.”  Indeed, the austerity party is not limited to the Republicans. The left commentator, Doug Henwood, offers sage advice at the end of a generally quite favorable and optimistic take on the eruption of labor protest in Wisconsin:</p>
<blockquote><p>The Republicans have majorities in both houses of the Wisconsin legislature, and are likely to get what they want. It’s clear that he’s using a budget crisis to break the unions and to remove them as a political force in the state. As in most states, the unions are major supporters of Democrats—who keep writing checks and getting out the vote despite the fact that Dems actually do little for them once they’re in office. (In fact, Walker ’s Dem opponent did his share of union-bashing during the campaign.). It may be that had Walker not gone for such a maximalist agenda, this sort of protest might not have happened. Other governors may take note and opt instead for the death by a thousand cuts instead of one giant machete chop. But of course, it’s not just Republicans. Democratic governors like Jerry Brown and Andrew Cuomo also have it out for public sector workers, since, as everyone knows, you just can’t tax the fatcats these days. And you do have to wonder how aggressive unions in California and New York will be in protesting Democratic governors.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_14_30363" id="identifier_14_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Doug Henwood, &ldquo;Wisconsin Erupts,&rdquo; Left Business Observer, February 16, 2011.">15</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<p>Henwood could have added comments about the corporate-friendly, center-right agenda of the national Democratic Party and the Obama administration. A progressive resurgence that confronts Democratic Party corporatism and militarism as well as the Republican variants of the same diseases will have to take place on the national as well as the state level if we are going to make meaningful popular-democratic progress against the unelected and interrelated dictatorships of money and empire that continue to rule America beneath and beyond the staggered, candidate-centered big-money, big-media electoral extravaganzas that continue to define “politics” in the United States.</p>
<p>On that note, I am happy to record one promising development at the national level – the emergence of the national group “US Uncut,” which carried out 50 protests outside Bank of America headquarters and branches on Saturday, February 26, 2011. Inspired by the British anti-austerity group UK Uncut,<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_15_30363" id="identifier_15_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Johann Hari, &ldquo;How to Build a Progressive Tea Party,&rdquo; The Nation (February 3, 2011).">16</a></sup>  this new organization targets corporate tax evasion and points out the unjust absurdity of government claiming to address fiscal deficits by slashing social programs and attacking public workers while failing to collect billions of dollars in unpaid taxes due from corporate giants like ExxonMobil, GE, and Bank of America, each of which paid no federal income taxes in 2010. As the Government Accountability Office reported in 2008, a fourth of the nation’s largest corporations pay no federal income tax. B of A, the beneficiary of $45 billion in federal bailout funds, hides its would-be tax dollars into no less than 115 offshore tax havens.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, policy makers refer to budget deficits as justification for pay freezes for public workers and cuts to key social safety nets. As Carl Gibson, a US Uncut founder, noted in a press release prior to the February 26 protests: “Because of overseas tax havens and other tax loopholes, US corporations are making profits in America but barely paying taxes here. If we close those loopholes, we wouldn&#8217;t have to be cutting back on firefighters, library hours and student loans.” This basic observation helps takes the ground out from under the corporate- and Republican coordinated Tea Party campaign to balance federal as well as state and local budgets on the backs of the poor, working people, and organized labor.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_16_30363" id="identifier_16_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Alissa Bohlig, &ldquo;US Uncut&rsquo;s Anti-Austerity Protest Hits Bank of America,&rdquo; Truthout, February 28, 2011; Art Levine. &ldquo;US Uncut Spreads Spirit of Madison,&rdquo; In These Times (February 24, 2011).">17</a></sup>  By the hopeful account of the liberal commentator, Jonathan Hari, in the <em>Nation</em> in early February 2011, US Uncut holds the promise of becoming the beginning of “A Progressive Tea Party:</p>
<blockquote><p>Imagine a parallel universe where the Great Crash of 2008 was followed by a Tea Party of a very different kind. Enraged citizens gather in every city, week after week—to demand the government finally regulate the behavior of corporations and the superrich, and force them to start paying taxes. The protesters shut down the shops and offices of the companies that have most aggressively ripped off the country. The swelling movement is made up of everyone from teenagers to pensioners. They surround branches of the banks that caused this crash and force them to close, with banners saying, YOU CAUSED THIS CRISIS. NOW YOU PAY.</p>
<p>…Instead of the fake populism of the Tea Party, there is a movement based on real populism. It shows that there is an alternative to making the poor and the middle class pay for a crisis caused by the rich. It shifts the national conversation. Instead of letting the government cut our services and increase our taxes, the people demand that it cut the endless and lavish aid for the rich and make them pay the massive sums they dodge in taxes.</p>
<p>This may sound like a fantasy—but it has all happened. The name of this parallel universe is Britain . As recently as this past fall, people here were asking the same questions liberal Americans have been glumly contemplating: Why is everyone being so passive? Why are we letting ourselves be ripped off? Why are people staying in their homes watching their flat-screens while our politicians strip away services so they can fatten the superrich even more?<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/#footnote_17_30363" id="identifier_17_30363" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Hari,&ldquo;How to Build a Progressive Tea Party.&rdquo; There would be rich historical irony in inspiration for &ldquo;a progressive Tea Party&rdquo; coming from England, the onetime colonial power that provoked the original Tea Party, whose popular legacy the hard right ilk of Charles and David Koch and Dick Armey have crassly appropriated in service to the authoritarian agenda of concentrated wealth.  On the genuinely popular and progressive nature (in its time) of the original Boston Tea Party, see the remarkable study by the wonderful New Left American colonial and revolutionary historian Alfred Young: The Shoemaker and the Tea Party: Memory and the American Revolution (Boston: Beacon Press, 1999).">18</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<p>In the three weeks following the <em>Nation</em>’s publication of Hari’s essay, hundreds of thousands of Midwestern workers and citizens had determined to leave their homes and televisions behind to make history from the bottom up.</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_30363" class="footnote">For details and sources, see Paul Street. “<a href="http://www.zcommunications.org/cold-blooded-calibration-by-paul-street">Cold-Blooded Calibration: Reflections on Egypt , Honduras , and the Art of Imperial Re-branding</a>,” ZNet (February 11, 2011).</li><li id="footnote_1_30363" class="footnote">Larissa MacFarquhar, “The Conciliator: Where is Barack Obama Coming From?” <em>The New Yorker</em> (May 7, 2007); Paul Street,  “<a href="http://www.zcommunications.org/znet/viewArticle/18224">Statehouse Days: the Myth of Obama’s ‘True Progressive’ Past</a>,” <em>ZNet</em> (July 20, 2008);  Paul Street,  “<a href="http://www.zcommunications.org/obama-isn-t-spineless-he-s-conservative-reflections-on-chutzpah-theirs-and-ours-by-paul-street">Obama Isn’t Spineless, He’s Conservative</a>,’ <em>ZNet</em> (December 11, 2010).</li><li id="footnote_2_30363" class="footnote">Jonathan Weisman,“ Obama Sits Out State Fights,” <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, February 24, 2011, A4.</li><li id="footnote_3_30363" class="footnote">Robert Reich, “<a href="http://blogs.berkeley.edu/2010/12/02/two-competing-stories-of-whats-wrong-with-the-economy/">Obama’s Republican Narrative of Our Economic Woes</a>,” <em>Berkeley Blog</em>, December 2, 2010. </li><li id="footnote_4_30363" class="footnote">Nick Wing, “<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2010/12/09/gary-ackerman-wet-dream-act_n_794374.html">Rep. Gary Ackerman: Tax Cut Deal Is GOP&#8217;s &#8216;Wet Dream Act</a>,&#8217;” <em>Huffington Post</em> (December 9, 2010); D. Herszenhorn and S.G. Stolberg, “Obama Defends Tax Deal, But His Party Stays Hostile,” <em>New York Times</em>, December 8, 2010, A1; Paul Krugman, &#8220;<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2010/12/10/opinion/10krugman.html?_r=1&amp;ref=todayspaper">Obama&#8217;s Hostage Deal</a>,&#8221; <em>New York Times</em>, December 9, 2010.</li><li id="footnote_5_30363" class="footnote">Paul Krugman, “<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2010/12/03/opinion/03krugman.html?ref=paulkrugman">Freezing Out Hope</a>,” <em>New York Times</em>, December 2, 2010; Peter S. Goodman, “<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2011/01/18/obamas-bogus-explanation-regulation_n_810262.html">Obama’s Bogus Explanation For Troubles: Too Much Regulation</a>,” <em>Huffington Post</em> (January 18, 2011).</li><li id="footnote_6_30363" class="footnote">Barack Obama, “<a href="http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703396604576088272112103698.html">Toward a 21st-Centuryr Regulatory System</a>,” <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, January 18, 2011; Goodman, “Obama’s Bogus Explanation.”</li><li id="footnote_7_30363" class="footnote">Jane Hamsher, “<a href="http://fdlaction.firedoglake.com/2010/12/04/sherrod-brown-obamas-nafta-style-korea-trade-deal-a-dangerous-mistake/">Sherrod Brown: Obama’s NAFTA-Style Korea Trade Deal A ‘Dangerous Mistake</a>,’ “ <em>Firedog Lake</em>, December 4, 2010.</li><li id="footnote_8_30363" class="footnote">Paul Krugman, “The Competition Myth,” <em>New York Times</em>, January 24, 2011; Paul Street, “<a href="http://www.zcommunications.org/state-of-capitalist-absurdity-reflections-before-and-after-obama-s-state-of-the-union-address-by-paul-street">State (of) Capitalist Absurdity: Reflections Before and After Obama’s State of the Union Address</a>,” <em>ZNet</em> (January 28, 2011); Patrick Martin, “<a href="http://www.blackagendareport.com/?q=content/obama%E2%80%99s-comfort-zone-king-collaboration">Obama Outlines right-Wing, Pro-Corporate Agenda in State of the Union Speech</a>,” <em>World Socialist Web Site</em>, January 26, 2011); Glen Ford, “Obama’s Comfort Zone: King of Collaboration,” <em>Black Agenda Report</em>, January 12, 2011. Some Obama fans applauded Immelt’s appointment because, they said, he represents a company that actually produces goods rather than just being a parasitic manipulator of paper, financial wealth. But this praise was ridiculous, since, as Krugman noted, G.E, actually “derives more revenue from its financial operations than it does from manufacturing.”</li><li id="footnote_9_30363" class="footnote">Miller quoted in Weisman, “Obama Sits Out.”</li><li id="footnote_10_30363" class="footnote"> “<a href="http://socialistworker.org/blog/critical-reading/2010/11/02/legacy-howard-zinn">The Legacy of Howard Zinn</a>,” <em>Socialist Worker</em>, November 2, 2010.</li><li id="footnote_11_30363" class="footnote">Tariq Ali and Anthony Arnove, “The Challenge to the Empire,” <em>Socialist Worker Online</em>, October 20, 2006.</li><li id="footnote_12_30363" class="footnote">Bill Van Auken, “<a href="http://www.wsws.org/articles/2011/feb2011/boli-f22.shtml">Bolivia ’s Morales Faces General Strike Over Food Prices</a>,” <em>World Socialist Web Site</em> (February 22, 2011). </li><li id="footnote_13_30363" class="footnote">See Noam Chomsky, <em>Hopes and Prospects</em> ( Chicago: Haymarket, 2010), 213-14, for instructive reflections on Latin American versus dominant Western understandings of democracy.</li><li id="footnote_14_30363" class="footnote">Doug Henwood, “<a href="http://lbo-news.com/2011/02/16/wisconsin-erupts/">Wisconsin Erupts</a>,” Left Business Observer, February 16, 2011.</li><li id="footnote_15_30363" class="footnote">Johann Hari, “<a href="http://www.thenation.com/article/158282/how-build-progressive-tea-party?page=full">How to Build a Progressive Tea Party</a>,” <em>The Nation</em> (February 3, 2011).</li><li id="footnote_16_30363" class="footnote">Alissa Bohlig, “<a href="http://www.truth-out.org/us-uncuts-anti-austerity-protests-start-small-strong-against-bank-america68108">US Uncut’s Anti-Austerity Protest Hits Bank of America</a>,” <em>Truthout</em>, February 28, 2011; Art Levine. “<a href="http://www.inthesetimes.com/working/entry/6998/us_uncut_spreads_the_spirit_of_madison_protests_saturday_over_budget_c/">US Uncut Spreads Spirit of Madison</a>,” <em>In These Times</em> (February 24, 2011).</li><li id="footnote_17_30363" class="footnote">Hari,“How to Build a Progressive Tea Party.” There would be rich historical irony in inspiration for “a progressive Tea Party” coming from England, the onetime colonial power that provoked the original Tea Party, whose popular legacy the hard right ilk of Charles and David Koch and Dick Armey have crassly appropriated in service to the authoritarian agenda of concentrated wealth.  On the genuinely popular and progressive nature (in its time) of the original Boston Tea Party, see the remarkable study by the wonderful New Left American colonial and revolutionary historian Alfred Young: <em>The Shoemaker and the Tea Party: Memory and the American Revolution</em> (Boston: Beacon Press, 1999).</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/03/%e2%80%9cwe-have-to-do-it-ourselves%e2%80%9d/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lanny Davis: Lobbyist for Despots</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/lanny-davis-lobbyist-for-despots/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/lanny-davis-lobbyist-for-despots/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 07 Jan 2011 14:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Stephen Lendman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Equatorial Guinea]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=27563</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[On October 2, 2009, Legal Times writer Jeff Jeffrey headlined, &#8220;Lanny Davis Leaves Orrick for McDermott Will &#38; Emery,&#8221; saying: Former Clinton White House special counsel &#8220;left Orrick, Herrington &#38; Sutcliffe to join McDermott Will &#38; Emery&#8217;s regulatory and government strategies practice.&#8221; At Orrick, he &#8220;led a rather unusual practice that included litigation&#8230;.related media strategies, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On October 2, 2009, <em>Legal Times</em> writer Jeff Jeffrey headlined, &#8220;Lanny Davis Leaves Orrick for McDermott Will  &amp; Emery,&#8221; saying:</p>
<p>Former Clinton White House special  counsel &#8220;left Orrick, Herrington &amp; Sutcliffe to join McDermott Will &amp;  Emery&#8217;s regulatory and government strategies practice.&#8221; At Orrick, he &#8220;led a  rather unusual practice that included litigation&#8230;.related media strategies,  (and) advis(ing) clients on crisis management.&#8221;</p>
<p>In fact, he then and now lobbies  for despots and predatory corporate clients.</p>
<p>&#8220;More recently, (he lobbied) on  behalf of Honduran business leaders to convince members of Congress to support  the removal of&#8221; democratically elected former President Manuel Zelaya.</p>
<p>In June 2009, a Washington  orchestrated coup replaced him with the current fascist regime, responsible for  reigning terror against human rights activists, pro-democracy groups,  campesinos, independent journalists, and others challenging state/oligarch/drug  lord power.</p>
<p>Post-coup, <em>The Hill.com</em> reported  that the far-right Business Council of Latin America (CEAL) hired Davis to lobby  Congress and conduct supportive PR for the interim Micheletti government. It  involved a media blitz, arranged meetings for coup plotters with congressional  members, and drafting an Accord to form a National Unity and Reconciliation  Government as cover to solidify fascist rule. Davis, of course, was well paid to  assure it. His credentials don&#8217;t include honor, morality, ethics and support for  the rule of law.</p>
<p>On December 19, 2008, <em>Legal Times</em> writers, Jeffrey and Mike Scarcella, headlined &#8220;New Strategy for Whole Foods in  FTC Fight,&#8221; saying:</p>
<p>In the high-profile antitrust case,  &#8220;Whole Foods retained politically savvy lawyer Lanny Davis&#8230;.to convince power  brokers that Whole Foods is not getting a fair shake at the FTC&#8221; in its attempt  to acquire rival organic grocer Wild Oats. His campaign involved &#8220;squeez(ing)  the FTC on Capitol Hill through the House and Senate judiciary committees,&#8221;  Davis saying &#8220;you do what you have to do&#8221; to subvert antitrust laws or back  despots replacing democrats. His credo, in fact, is anything for a buck as long  as there&#8217;s lots of them.</p>
<p>FTC lawyers tried blocking the  merger, but lost attempts at the district and appeals court levels. Nonetheless,  they pressed their case after both companies consummated the deal. Davis&#8217; team  created a three-pronged, full-court press strategy, involving lawsuits, media  blitzes, and hard-nosed Capitol Hill lobbying that ended successfully.</p>
<p>On August 18, 2009, <em>Salon.com</em> contributor, Glenn Greenwald, headlined, &#8220;The Lanny Davis disease and America&#8217;s  health care debate,&#8221; saying:</p>
<p>&#8220;Davis frequently injects himself  into political disputes, masquerading as a &#8216;political analyst&#8217; and Democratic  media pundit, yet is unmoored from any discernible political beliefs other than:  &#8216;I agree with whoever pays me,&#8217; &#8221; the credo of all lobbyists, especially the  most disreputable, Davis very much qualifying.</p>
<p>His entire Capitol Hill history is  as &#8220;consistent as it is sleazy,&#8221; the more sleaze, in fact, the more  compensation. The hard-right Israel Project hired him to defend Israel&#8217;s Cast  Lead onslaught against Gaza, calling it Israel&#8217;s &#8220;right to self-defense against  terrorism,&#8221; when clearly it was preemptive illegal aggression.</p>
<p>If Davis was just another  run-of-the-mill lobbyist &#8220;piggishly feeding off our political system,&#8221; it would  be too commonplace &#8220;to bother noting. But (he) parades around as &#8211; and is  treated by media organizations as being &#8211; some sort of political pundit,&#8221; when,  in fact, he&#8217;s a hired gun, backing anyone who&#8217;ll pay him.</p>
<p>Calling himself a liberal centrist,  he supports big money and repressive governments, defending them by vilifying  critics. He &#8220;reflects the grime and sleaze&#8221; that permeates our political culture  in a profession that gives whoring a bad name.</p>
<p>On August 10, 2009, Greg Grandin  added more to Davis&#8217; resume, including:</p>
<p>&#8211; calling himself a &#8220;pro-labor  liberal&#8221; while lobbying against the Employee Free Choice Act to facilitate union  organizing; it never passed;</p>
<p>&#8211; in the late 1990s, serving as  chief lobbyist for Pakistan&#8217;s military dictatorship; under civilian leaders,  Pakistan&#8217;s government is cover for a military-run country; and</p>
<p>&#8211; as Hillary Clinton&#8217;s major  fundraiser during the 2008 presidential primary, attacking Obama&#8217;s association  with Rev. Jeremiah Wright for being outspoken against war, other violence,  racial hatred, and other social justice issues.</p>
<p>&#8220;In retrospect,&#8221; said Grandin,  &#8220;Davis was running through so many lies &#8211; they were too focused and polished to  be simple mistakes or errors of interpretation &#8211; it was hard to catch up.&#8221;</p>
<p>His entire career, in fact, amounts  to crafting, pressuring, and disseminating lies, spin, and other misinformation  supporting systemic evil against good.</p>
<p>In 2002 at Patton Boggs, he was  retained to do crisis management, legal, and media advisory work for HealthSouth  Corp. and its CEO Richard Scrushy. At the time, he was under investigation for  alleged fraudulent accounting and suspect Medicare billing practices. Though  acquitted of securities fraud in 2005, he was convicted of bribery in 2006 and  sentenced to almost seven years in prison. Davis advised him and HealthSouth for  four months, raising questions about some of his tactics.</p>
<p>Specifically, his October 2002  press release said that in Fulbright &amp; Jaworski&#8217;s company audit, Scrushy was  cleared of allegations that he improperly dumped stock based on inside  information. Afterward, F &amp; J partner, Hal Hirsch, said his team didn&#8217;t  pre-approve the word &#8220;cleared.&#8221; As a result, Davis had to issue a new press  release retracting the first one he thought he could get away with even though  untrue.</p>
<p>In spring 2010, Davis left  McDermott Will &amp; Emery to form his own firm, Lanny J. Davis &amp;  Associates, specializing in &#8220;legal crisis communication, media strategy, public  advocacy, and political/legislative strategies&#8221; for some of the world&#8217;s most  disreputable despots and corporate predators.</p>
<p>In summer 2010, he signed a $1  million annual contract to represent Equatorial Guinea dictator, Teodoro Obiang  Nguerma Mbasogo, one of the world&#8217;s most corrupt ones, accused of countless  human rights abuses throughout his tenure. Reports said he stashed his country&#8217;s  oil wealth offshore and rigged elections to assure 95% majorities. Davis joked  about it, saying he urged the tyrant to &#8220;win by 51% (not) 98%.&#8221;</p>
<p>He also lobbies for Martek  Biosciences, a company making suspect additives for federally-subsidized infant  formula. They include fatty acids known as DHA and ARA, even though advocates  for poor women question their use. In response, Davis blitzed Congress with  emails accusing opponents of being &#8220;lactivists&#8221; who want to force women to  breast-feed. No level is too low for him to stoop.</p>
<p>His latest controversy involves  lobbying for Ivory Coast dictator Laurent Gbagbo. Elected president in 2000, he  kept power after his term ended in 2005, and still holds it after his November  2010 election defeat. His intransigence, use of military force, and rumored  death squads against opponents pushed Cote d&#8217;ivoire toward civil war, its second  after 2002 &#8211; 04 fighting ended, the government controlling the south and rebels  the north.</p>
<p>In March 2007, a peace agreement  ended conflict followed by November 2010 elections defeating Gbagbo. Opposition  leader Alassane Ouattara&#8217;s victory was recognized by the UN, US, EU, African  Union, and former colonial power France &#8211; everyone, in fact, except Gbagbo.</p>
<p>Reports say terror killings and  kidnappings were unleashed against opposition supporters. About 200 or more  deaths resulted. After a decade in power, Gbagbo won&#8217;t relinquish it, his  intransigency risking civil war.</p>
<p>After days defending his work,  Davis reversed field and resigned, dropping an account worth a $100,000 a month.  His explanation was Gbagbo&#8217;s failure to take Obama&#8217;s call, not his human rights  abuses and massive corruption. In his December 29 letter, he said:</p>
<p>His &#8220;mission was not to say who won  or who lost the election or who was right or who was wrong, but rather to help  resolve this crisis peacefully through dialogue, mediation and with leadership  and participation of the international community.&#8221;</p>
<p>It was typical Davis boilerplate,  suppressing his real role as a hired gun for anyone who&#8217;ll pay him, no matter  how sleazy. As an establishment figure, he supports wealth and power against  popular interests.</p>
<p>On December 30, <em>New York Times</em> writers, Ginger Thompson and Eric Lipton&#8217;s, article headlined, &#8220;Lobbyist&#8217;s Client  List Puts Him on the Defensive,&#8221; saying:</p>
<p>Davis &#8220;built a client list that now  includes coup supporters in Honduras, a dictator in Equatorial Guinea,  for-profit colleges accused of exploiting students (by aggressive tactics,  entrapping them in debt for degrees of dubious value), (and his) agree(ing) to  represent&#8221; Gbagbo. His frequent role &#8220;stoked growing criticism that (he&#8217;s)  become a kind of front man for the dark side, willing to take on some of the  world&#8217;s least noble companies and causes.&#8221;</p>
<p>In a business noted for  disreputable practices, &#8220;Mr. Davis&#8217; firm st(ands) out.&#8221; California WIC (women,  infants &amp; children) Association representative Meredith McGehee said:</p>
<p>&#8220;You look at who he represents, and  the list is just almost unseemly, tawdry.&#8221; Representing agencies that serve poor  women with infant children, California WIC lost its battle with Davis, McGehee  adding: &#8220;It is an illustration of what most of the American people think of as  wrong with Washington,&#8221; and Davis as one of its most sleazy exponents.</p>
<p>Yet he battles critics by lining up  support from State Department officials, congressional members and business  contacts to testify how he helped them. He also uses his customary media blitz  approach, including making himself available for print and on-air interviews, a  technique earning him a reputation as &#8220;spinmeister par excellence,&#8221; a noted  practictioner of distortion, misinformation, and bald-faced lies.</p>
<p>Repeatedly exposed as disreputable,  his defense is that:</p>
<blockquote><p>My credibility is the only thing I  have. If I defend people in indefensible, corrupt acts, then I lose everything I  have, and I&#8217;m just another gun for hire. But when I see that I can help get out  the facts, and improve people&#8217;s lives, and peacefully resolve conflicts, then I  feel an obligation to do so&#8230;.I am a liberal Democrat. I&#8217;ve been (one) all my  life. I haven&#8217;t changed my values.</p></blockquote>
<p>Phew! The last refugee of a  scoundrel is wrapping disrepute in claimed honor, ethics and principle, never  mind being bankrolled by some of the world&#8217;s sleaziest  dictators and  corporations to do it. Also claiming everyone deserves a voice is baseless, not  when claimants murder, steal, and ravage the environment for profit. Even Obama  officials say he&#8217;s on the wrong side of some fights.</p>
<p>Recently, he&#8217;s &#8220;come under  unusually vociferous attacks (from) a diverse array of (critics) representing  everyone from college students and mothers of poor children, to diplomats and  international human rights advocates.&#8221;</p>
<blockquote><p>Do I often find myself in a  position of disputing facts that are not consistent with easy label,&#8221; he asked?  &#8220;That&#8217;s what I do for a living. Controversy is what I do for a living.</p></blockquote>
<p>In fact, relying on friends in high  places, and disseminating client-friendly disinformation makes him one of K  Street&#8217;s most highly paid lobbyists. In fact, a Twitter profile called him:  &#8220;Clinton confidant, weathered PR-man and counsel to dictators.&#8221; Add to that the  epitome of sleaze.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/lanny-davis-lobbyist-for-despots/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Wikileaks, the United States, Sweden, and Devil&#8217;s Island</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2011 14:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>William Blum</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cambodia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[El Salvador]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guatemala]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Prisons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sweden]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Viet Nam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[War Crimes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Whistleblowing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wikileaks]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=27320</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[December 16 &#8230; I&#8217;m standing in the snow in front of the White House &#8230; Standing with Veterans for Peace &#8230; I&#8217;m only a veteran of standing in front of the White House; the first time was February 1965, handing out flyers against the war in Vietnam. I was working for the State Department at [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>December 16 &#8230; I&#8217;m standing in the snow in front of the White House  &#8230; Standing with Veterans for Peace &#8230; I&#8217;m only a veteran of standing  in front of the White House; the first time was February 1965, handing  out flyers against the war in Vietnam.  I was working for the State  Department at the time and my biggest fear was that someone from that  noble institution would pass by and recognize me.</p>
<p>Five years later I was still protesting Vietnam, although long gone  from the State Department.  Then came Cambodia.  And Laos.  Soon,  Nicaragua and El Salvador.  Then Panama was the new great threat to  America, to freedom and democracy and all things holy and decent, so it  had to be bombed without mercy.  Followed by the first war against the  people of Iraq, and the 78-day bombing of Yugoslavia.  Then the land of  Afghanistan had rained down upon it depleted uranium, napalm,  phosphorous bombs, and other witches&#8217; brews and weapons of the chemical  dust; then Iraq again.  And I&#8217;ve skipped a few.  I think I hold the  record for most times picketing the White House by a right-handed  batter.</p>
<p>And through it all, the good, hard-working, righteous people of  America have believed mightily that their country always means well;  some even believe to this day that we never started a war, certainly  nothing deserving of the appellation &#8220;war of aggression&#8221;.</p>
<p>On that same snowy day last month Julian Assange of Wikileaks was  freed from prison in London and told reporters that he was more  concerned that the United States might try to extradite him than he was  about being extradited to Sweden, where he presumably faces &#8220;sexual&#8221;  charges.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_0_27320" id="identifier_0_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Sunday Telegraph (Australia), December 19, 2010">1</a></sup></p>
<p>That&#8217;s a fear many political and drug prisoners in various countries  have expressed in recent years.  The United States is the new Devil&#8217;s  Island of the Western world.  From the mid-19th century to the mid-20th,  political prisoners were shipped to that god-forsaken strip of French  land off the eastern coast of South America.  One of the current  residents of the new Devil&#8217;s Island is Bradley Manning, the former US  intelligence analyst suspected of leaking diplomatic cables to  Wikileaks.  Manning has been imprisoned for seven months, first in  Kuwait, then at a military base in Virginia, and faces virtual life in  prison if found guilty, of something.  Without being tried or convicted  of anything, he is allowed only very minimal contact with the outside  world; or with people, daylight, or news; among the things he is denied  are a pillow, sheets, and exercise; his sleep is restricted and  frequently interrupted.  See Glenn Greenwald&#8217;s discussion of how  Manning&#8217;s treatment constitutes torture. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_1_27320" id="identifier_1_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="December 15, 2010, &amp;#8220;The inhumane conditions of Bradley Manning&amp;#8217;s detention&amp;#8220;.  See also his attorney&amp;#8217;s account of Manning&amp;#8217;s typical day; and Washington Post, December 16, 2010">2</a></sup></p>
<p>A friend of the young soldier says that many people are reluctant to  talk about Manning&#8217;s deteriorating physical and mental condition because  of government harassment, including surveillance, seizure of their  computer without a warrant, and even attempted bribes.  &#8220;This has had  such an intimidating effect that many are afraid to speak out on his  behalf.&#8221; <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_2_27320" id="identifier_2_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="The Guardian (London), December 17, 2010">3</a></sup>  A developer of the transparency software used by Wikileaks was detained  for several hours last summer by federal agents at a Newark, New Jersey  airport, where he was questioned about his connection to Wikileaks and  Assange as well as his opinions about the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_3_27320" id="identifier_3_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="New York Times, December 19, 2010">4</a></sup></p>
<p>This is but a tiny incident from the near-century buildup of the  American police state, from the Red Scare of the 1920s to the  McCarthyism of the 1950s to the crackdown against Central American  protesters in the 1980s &#8230; elevated by the War on Drugs &#8230; now  multiplied by the War on Terror.  It&#8217;s not the worst police state in  history; not even the worst police state in the world today; but  nonetheless a police state, and certainly the most pervasive police  state ever — a <em>Washington Post</em> study has just revealed that there are  4,058 separate federal, state and local &#8220;counterterrorism&#8221; organizations  spread across the United States, each with its own responsibilities and  jurisdictions. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_4_27320" id="identifier_4_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Washington Post, December 20, 2010">5</a></sup>  The police of America, of many types, generally get what and who they  want.  If the United States gets its hands on Julian Assange, under any  legal pretext, fear for him; it might be the end of his life as a free  person; the actual facts of what he&#8217;s done or the actual wording of US  laws will not matter; hell hath no fury like an empire scorned.</p>
<p>John Burns, chief foreign correspondent for the <em>New York Times</em>,  after interviewing Assange, stated: &#8220;He is profoundly of the conviction  that the United States is a force for evil in the world, that it&#8217;s  destructive of democracy.&#8221; <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_5_27320" id="identifier_5_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Diane Rehm show, National Public Radio, Dec. 9, 2010">6</a></sup> Can anyone who believes that be entitled to a full measure of human rights on Devil&#8217;s Island?</p>
<p>The Wikileaks documents may not produce any world-changing  revelations, but every day they are adding to the steady, gradual  erosion of people&#8217;s belief in the US government&#8217;s good intentions, which  is necessary to overcome a lifetime of indoctrination.  Many more  individuals over the years would have been standing in front of the  White House if they had had access to the plethora of information that  floods people today; which is not to say that we would have succeeded in  stopping any of the wars; that&#8217;s a question of to what extent the  United States is a democracy.</p>
<p>One further consequence of the release of the documents may be to put  an end to the widespread belief that Sweden, or the Swedish government,  is peaceful, progressive, neutral and independent.  Stockholm&#8217;s  behavior in this matter and others has been as American-poodle-like as  London&#8217;s, as it lined itself up with an Assange-accuser who has been  associated with right-wing anti-Castro Cubans, who are, of course,  US-government-supported.  This is the same Sweden that for some time in  recent years was working with the CIA on its torture-rendition flights  and has about 500 soldiers in Afghanistan.  Sweden is the world&#8217;s  largest per capita arms exporter, and for years has taken part in  US/NATO military exercises, some within its own territory.  The left  should get themselves a new hero-nation.  Try Cuba.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s also the old stereotype held by Americans of Scandinavians  practicing a sophisticated and tolerant attitude toward sex, an image  that was initiated, or enhanced, by the celebrated 1967 Swedish film <em>I Am Curious (Yellow)</em>,  which had been banned for awhile in the United States.  And now what do  we have?  Sweden sending Interpol on an international hunt for a man  who apparently upset two women, perhaps for no more than sleeping with  them both in the same week.</p>
<p>And while they&#8217;re at it, American progressives should also lose their  quaint belief that the BBC is somehow a liberal broadcaster.  Americans  are such suckers for British accents.  The BBC&#8217;s Today presenter, John  Humphrys, asked Assange: &#8220;Are you a sexual predator?&#8221;  Assange said the  suggestion was &#8220;ridiculous&#8221;, adding: &#8220;Of course not&#8221;.  Humphrys then  asked Assange how many woman he had slept with. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_6_27320" id="identifier_6_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="The Guardian (London), December 21, 2010">7</a></sup>  Would even <em>Fox News</em> have descended to that level?  I wish Assange had been raised in the  streets of Brooklyn, as I was.  He would then have known precisely how  to reply to such a question: &#8220;You mean including your mother?&#8221;</p>
<p>Another group of people who should learn a lesson from all this are  the knee-reflex conspiracists.  Several of them have already written me  snide letters informing me of my naiveté in not realizing that Israel is  actually behind the release of the Wikileaks documents; which is why,  they inform me, that nothing about Israel is mentioned.  I had to inform  them that I had already seen a few documents putting Israel in a bad  light.  I&#8217;ve since seen others, and Assange, in an interview with <em>Al Jazeera</em> on December 23, stated that only a meager number of files related to  Israel had been published so far because the publications in the West  that were given exclusive rights to publish the secret documents were  reluctant to publish much sensitive information about Israel.  (Imagine  the flak Germany&#8217;s <em>Der Spiegel</em> would get hit with.) &#8220;There are  3,700 files related to Israel and the source of 2,700 files is Israel,&#8221;  said Assange.  &#8220;In the next six months we intend to publish more  files.&#8221; <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_7_27320" id="identifier_7_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title=" Information Clearing House, December 23 2010, WikiLeaks to Release Israel Documents in Six Months">8</a></sup></p>
<p>Naturally, several other individuals have informed me that it&#8217;s the CIA that is actually behind the document release.</p>
<p><strong>The right to secrecy</strong></p>
<p>Many of us are pretty tired of supporters of Israel labeling as  &#8220;anti-Semitic&#8221; most any criticism of Israeli policies, which is  virtually never an appropriate accusation.  Consider the Webster  Dictionary definition: &#8220;Anti-Semite.  One who discriminates against or  is hostile to or prejudiced against Jews.&#8221;  Notice that the state of  Israel is not mentioned, or in any way implied.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s what real anti-Semitism looks like.  Listen to former  president Richard Nixon: &#8220;The Jews are just a very aggressive and  abrasive and obnoxious personality. &#8230; most of our Jewish friends &#8230;  they are all basically people who have a sense of inferiority and have  got to compensate.&#8221;  This is from a tape of a conversation at the White  House, February 13, 1973, recently released. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_8_27320" id="identifier_8_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title=" Washington Post, December 12, 2010">9</a></sup> These tapes, and there are a large number of them, are the Wikileaks of an earlier age.</p>
<p>Yet, as the prominent conservative Michael Medved pointed out after  the release of Nixon&#8217;s remarks: &#8220;Ironically, though, no American did  more to rescue the Jewish people when it counted most: after the 1973  Egyptian-Syrian surprise attack destroyed a third of Israel&#8217;s air force  and killed the American equivalent of 200,000 Israelis, Nixon overruled  his own Pentagon and ordered immediate re-supply. To this day, Israelis  feel gratitude for this decisiveness that enabled the Jewish state to  turn the tide of war.&#8221; <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_9_27320" id="identifier_9_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title=" From Medved&amp;#8217;s radio show, December 14, 2010; Nixon: The Anti-Semitic Savior of Israel">10</a></sup>  So was Richard Nixon anti-Semitic?  And should his remarks be kept secret?</p>
<p>In another of his recent interviews, Julian Assange was asked whether  he thought that &#8220;a state has a right to have any secrets at all.&#8221;  He  conceded that there are circumstances when institutions have such a  need, &#8220;but that is not to say that all others must obey that need.  The  media has an obligation to the public to get out information that the  public needs to know.&#8221; <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_10_27320" id="identifier_10_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Al Jazeera, December 22 2010, Frost Over the World: Julian Assange interview">11</a></sup></p>
<p>I would add that the American people — more than any other people —  have a need to know what their government is up to around the world  because their government engages in aggressive actions more than any  other government, continuously bombing and sending young men and women  to kill and die.  Americans need to know what their psychopathic leaders  are really saying to each other and to foreign leaders about all this  shedding of blood.  Any piece of such information might be used as a  weapon to prevent yet another Washington War.  Michael Moore has  recently written:</p>
<blockquote><p>We were taken to war in Iraq on a lie.  Hundreds of thousands are  now dead.  Just imagine if the men who planned this war crime back in  2002 had had a Wikileaks to deal with.  They might not have been able to  pull it off.  The only reason they thought they could get away with it  was because they had a guaranteed cloak of secrecy.  That guarantee has  now been ripped from them, and I hope they are never able to operate in  secret again.</p></blockquote>
<p>And, dear comrades, let us not forget: Our glorious leaders spy on us  all the time; no communication of ours, from phone call to email, is  secret from them; nothing in our bank accounts or our bedrooms is  guaranteed any kind of privacy if they wish to know about it.  Recently,  the FBI raided the midwest homes of a number of persons active in  solidarity work with Palestinians, Colombians, and others.  The agents  spent many hours going through each shelf and drawer, carting away  dozens of boxes of personal belongings.  So what kind of privacy and  secrecy should the State Department be entitled to?</p>
<p><strong>Preparing for the propaganda onslaught</strong></p>
<p>February 6 will mark the centenary of the birth of Ronald Reagan,  president of the United States from 1981 to 1989.  The conservatives  have wasted no time in starting the show.  On New Years Day a 55-foot  long, 26-foot high float honoring Reagan was part of the annual Rose  Parade in Pasadena, California.  To help you cope with, hopefully even  counter, the misinformation and the omissions that are going to swamp  the media for the next few months, here is some basic information about  the great man&#8217;s splendid achievements, first in foreign policy:</p>
<p><strong>Nicaragua</strong></p>
<p>For eight terribly long years the people of Nicaragua were under  attack by Ronald Reagan&#8217;s proxy army, the Contras.  It was all-out war  from Washington, aiming to destroy the progressive social and economic  programs of the Sandinista government — burning down schools and medical  clinics, mining harbors, bombing and strafing, raping and torturing.   These Contras were the charming gentlemen Reagan called &#8220;freedom  fighters&#8221; and the &#8220;moral equivalent of our founding fathers&#8221;.</p>
<p><strong>El Salvador</strong></p>
<p>Salvador&#8217;s dissidents tried to work within the system.  But with US  support, the government made that impossible, using repeated electoral  fraud and murdering hundreds of protestors and strikers.  When the  dissidents took to the gun and civil war, the Carter administration and  then even more so, the Reagan administration, responded with unlimited  money, military aid, and training in support of the government and its  death squads and torture, the latter with the help of CIA torture  manuals.</p>
<p>US military and CIA personnel played an active role on a  continuous basis.  The result was 75,000 civilian deaths; meaningful  social change thwarted; a handful of the wealthy still owned the  country; the poor remained as ever; dissidents still had to fear  right-wing death squads; there was to be no profound social change in El  Salvador while Ronnie sat in the White House with Nancy.</p>
<p><strong>Guatemala</strong></p>
<p>In 1954, a CIA-organized coup overthrew the democratically-elected  and progressive government of Jacobo Arbenz, initiating 40 years of  military-government death squads, torture, disappearances, mass  executions, and unimaginable cruelty, totaling more than 200,000 victims  — indisputably one of the most inhumane chapters of the 20th century.   For eight of those years the Reagan administration played a major role.</p>
<p>Perhaps the worst of the military dictators was General Efraín Ríos  Montt, who carried out a near-holocaust against the indians and  peasants, for which he was widely condemned in the world.  In December  1982, Reagan went to visit the Guatemalan dictator.  At a press  conference of the two men, Ríos Montt was asked about the Guatemalan  policy of scorched earth. He replied &#8220;We do not have a policy of  scorched earth.  We have a policy of scorched communists.&#8221;  After the  meeting, referring to the allegations of extensive human-rights abuses,  Reagan declared that Ríos Montt was getting &#8220;a bad deal&#8221; from the media.</p>
<p><strong>Grenada</strong></p>
<p>Reagan invaded this tiny country in October 1983, an invasion totally  illegal and immoral, and surrounded by lies (such as &#8220;endangered&#8221;  American medical students).  The invasion put into power individuals  more beholden to US foreign policy objectives.</p>
<p><strong>Afghanistan</strong></p>
<p>After the Carter administration provoked a Soviet invasion, Reagan  came to power to support the Islamic fundamentalists in their war to  eject the Soviets and the secular government, which honored women&#8217;s  rights.  In the end, the United States and the fundamentalists &#8220;won&#8221;,  women&#8217;s rights and the rest of Afghanistan lost.  More than a million  dead, three million disabled, five million refugees; in total about half  the population.  And many thousands of anti-American Islamic  fundamentalists, trained and armed by the US, on the loose to terrorize  the world, to this day.&#8221;To watch the courageous Afghan freedom fighters battle modern  arsenals with simple hand-held weapons is an inspiration to those who  love freedom,&#8221; declared Reagan.  &#8220;Their courage teaches us a great  lesson — that there are things in this world worth defending.  To the  Afghan people, I say on behalf of all Americans that we admire your  heroism, your devotion to freedom, and your relentless struggle against  your oppressors.&#8221; <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_11_27320" id="identifier_11_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="March 21, 1983, in the White House">12</a></sup></p>
<p><strong>The Cold War</strong></p>
<p>As to Reagan&#8217;s alleged role in ending the Cold War &#8230; pure fiction.  He prolonged it.  Read the story in one of my books. <sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_12_27320" id="identifier_12_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Killing Hope:  US Military and CIA Interventions  Since World War II, p.17-18.  Also for the five countries listed above,  see the respective chapters in this book">13</a></sup></p>
<p>Some other examples of the remarkable amorality of Ronald Wilson Reagan and the feel-good heartlessness of his administration:</p>
<p>Reagan, in his famous 1964 speech, &#8220;A Time for Choosing&#8221;, which  lifted him to national political status: &#8220;We were told four years ago  that 17 million people went to bed hungry each night.  Well, that was  probably true.  They were all on a diet.&#8221;</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;Undermining health, safety and environmental regulation. Reagan  decreed such rules must be subjected to regulatory impact analysis —  corporate-biased cost-benefit analyses, carried out by the Office of  Management and Budget.  The result: countless positive regulations  discarded or revised based on pseudo-scientific conclusions that the  cost to corporations would be greater than the public benefit.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Kick-starting the era of structural adjustment.  It was under  Reagan administration influence that the International Monetary Fund and  World Bank began widely imposing the policy package known as structural  adjustment — featuring deregulation, privatization, emphasis on  exports, cuts in social spending — that has plunged country after  country in the developing world into economic destitution.  The IMF  chief at the time was honest about what was to come, saying in 1981  that, for low-income countries, &#8216;adjustment is particularly costly in  human terms&#8217;.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Silence on the AIDS epidemic.  Reagan didn&#8217;t mention AIDS publicly  until 1987, by which point AIDS had killed 19,000 in the United States.&#8221;</p>
<p><em>– Russell Mokhiber and Robert Weissman</em><sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_13_27320" id="identifier_13_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="June, 2004; Mokhiber is editor of Corporate Crime Reporter; Weissman, editor of the Multinational Monitor, both in Washington, D.C.">14</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;Reagan&#8217;s election changed the political reality.  His agenda was  rolling back the welfare state, and his budgets included a wide range of  cuts for social programs.  He was also very strategic about the  process. One of his first targets was Legal Aid.  This program, which  provides legal services for low-income people, was staffed largely by  progressive lawyers, many of whom used it as a base to win  precedent-setting legal disputes against the government.  Reagan  drastically cut back the program&#8217;s funding. He also explicitly  prohibited the agency from taking on class-action suits against the  government — law suits that had been used with considerable success to  expand the rights of low- and moderate-income families.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;The Reagan administration also made weakening the power of unions a  top priority. The people he appointed to the National Labor Relations  Board were qualitatively more pro-management than appointees by prior  Democratic or Republican presidents.  This allowed companies to ignore  workers&#8217; rights with impunity.  Reagan also made the firing of strikers  an acceptable business practice when he fired striking air traffic  controllers in 1981.  Many large corporations quickly embraced the  practice. &#8230; The net effect of these policies was that union membership  plummeted, going from nearly 20 percent of the private sector workforce  in 1980 to just over 7 percent in 2006. &#8221;</p>
<p><em>– Dean Baker</em><sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_14_27320" id="identifier_14_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="April, 2007; Baker is Co-Director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research, Washington, DC">15</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Reaganomics: a tax policy based on a notion of incentives which  says that &#8220;the rich aren&#8217;t working because they have too little money,  while the poor aren&#8217;t working because they have too much.&#8221;</p>
<p><em>– John Kenneth Galbraith</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;According to the nostrums of Reagan Age America, the current  Chinese system — in equal measure capitalist and authoritarian — cannot  actually exist.  Capitalism spread democracy, we were told <em>ad nauseam</em> by  a steady stream of conservative hacks, free-trade apologists,  government officials and American companies doing business in China.   Given enough Starbuckses and McDonald&#8217;s, provided with sufficient  consumer choice, China would surely become a democracy.&#8221;</p>
<p><em>– Harold Meyerson </em><sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_15_27320" id="identifier_15_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Washington Post columnist, June 3, 2009">16</a></sup></p></blockquote>
<p>Throughout the early and mid-1980s, the Reagan administration  declared that the Russians were spraying toxic chemicals over Laos,  Cambodia and Afghanistan — the so-called &#8220;yellow rain&#8221; — and had caused  more than ten thousand deaths by 1982 alone, (including, in Afghanistan,  3,042 deaths attributed to 47 separate incidents between the summer of  1979 and the summer of 1981, so precise was the information).  President  Reagan himself denounced the Soviet Union thusly more than 15 times in  documents and speeches.  The &#8220;yellow rain&#8221;, it turned out, was  pollen-laden feces dropped by huge swarms of honeybees flying far  overhead.<sup><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/#footnote_16_27320" id="identifier_16_27320" class="footnote-link footnote-identifier-link" title="Killing Hope, p.349">17</a></sup></p>
<p>Reagan&#8217;s long-drawn-out statements re:  Contragate (the scandal  involving the covert sale of weapons to Iran to enable Reaganites to  continue financing the Contras in the war against the Nicaraguan  government after the US Congress cut off funding for the Contras) can be  summarized as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>I didn&#8217;t know what was happening.</li>
<li>If I did know, I didn&#8217;t know enough.</li>
<li>If I knew enough, I didn&#8217;t know it in time.</li>
<li>If I knew it in time, it wasn&#8217;t illegal.</li>
<li>If it was illegal, the law didn&#8217;t apply to me.</li>
<li>If the law applied to me, I didn&#8217;t know what was happening.</li>
</ul>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_27320" class="footnote"><em>Sunday Telegraph</em> (Australia), December 19, 2010</li><li id="footnote_1_27320" class="footnote">December 15, 2010, &#8220;<a href="http://www.salon.com/news/opinion/glenn_greenwald/2010/12/14/manning/index.html">The inhumane conditions of Bradley Manning&#8217;s detention</a>&#8220;.  See also his attorney&#8217;s account of <a href="http://www.armycourtmartialdefense.info/2010/12/typical-day-for-pfc-bradley-manning.html">Manning&#8217;s typical day</a>; and <em>Washington Post</em>, December 16, 2010</li><li id="footnote_2_27320" class="footnote"><em>The Guardian</em> (London), December 17, 2010</li><li id="footnote_3_27320" class="footnote"><em>New York Times</em>, December 19, 2010</li><li id="footnote_4_27320" class="footnote"><em>Washington Post</em>, December 20, 2010</li><li id="footnote_5_27320" class="footnote">Diane Rehm show, National Public Radio, Dec. 9, 2010</li><li id="footnote_6_27320" class="footnote"><em>The Guardian</em> (London), December 21, 2010</li><li id="footnote_7_27320" class="footnote"> Information Clearing House, December 23 2010, <a href="http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article27119.htm">WikiLeaks to Release Israel Documents in Six Months</a></li><li id="footnote_8_27320" class="footnote"><em> Washington Post</em>, December 12, 2010</li><li id="footnote_9_27320" class="footnote"> From Medved&#8217;s radio show, December 14, 2010; <a href="http://www.mynorthwest.com/?nid=321&amp;sid=402305">Nixon: The Anti-Semitic Savior of Israel</a></li><li id="footnote_10_27320" class="footnote"><em>Al Jazeera</em>, December 22 2010, <a href="http://english.aljazeera.net/programmes/frostovertheworld/2010/12/201012228384924314.html">Frost Over the World: Julian Assange interview</a></li><li id="footnote_11_27320" class="footnote">March 21, 1983, in the White House</li><li id="footnote_12_27320" class="footnote"><em>Killing Hope:  US Military and CIA Interventions  Since World War II</em>, p.17-18.  Also for the five countries listed above,  see the respective chapters in this book</li><li id="footnote_13_27320" class="footnote">June, 2004; Mokhiber is editor of <em>Corporate Crime Reporter</em>; Weissman, editor of the <em>Multinational Monitor</em>, both in Washington, D.C.</li><li id="footnote_14_27320" class="footnote">April, 2007; Baker is Co-Director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research, Washington, DC</li><li id="footnote_15_27320" class="footnote"><em>Washington Post</em> columnist, June 3, 2009</li><li id="footnote_16_27320" class="footnote"><em>Killing Hope</em>, p.349</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2011/01/wikileaks-the-united-states-sweden-and-devils-island/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>150</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

